From 6aecc95096038f17a7b65f337ab26339582affc9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stephen Wunrow Date: Thu, 20 Jul 2023 16:38:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 1/5] Merge stephenwunrow-tc-create-1 into master by stephenwunrow (#3384) --- tn_MAT.tsv | 539 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------- 1 file changed, 333 insertions(+), 206 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 87e1556a3b..54b70b2ee2 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -3207,7 +3207,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 18:35 mzn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 Here, the phrase **out of your heart** indicates that the person has done something sincerely or completely. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly” or “sincerely” 19:intro ewl5 0 # Matthew 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n9. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)\n * Jesus goes to Judea (19:1–2)\n * Jesus teaches about marriage and divorce (19:3–12)\n * Jesus blesses little children (19:13–15)\n * Jesus talks with a young man (19:16–22)\n * Jesus teaches about wealth, possessions, and the kingdom (19:23–30)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Divorce\n\nIn [19:3](../19/03.md), the Pharisees test Jesus by asking him about an issue that was controversial among Jewish religious leaders: divorce. More specifically, the religious leaders argued about what were acceptable grounds for a divorce. So, they ask Jesus about this. Jesus responds that divorce is never what God wants, and he quotes from Genesis 1 and 2 to prove this. In response, the Pharisees refer to [Deuteronomy 24:1–4](../deu/24/01.md), which assumes that men do divorce their wives. Jesus replies that this section of the Law exists only because the Israelites were stubborn. He means that God knew that the Israelite men would sometimes divorce their wives, so he included a law about how to do it. Jesus then states that the only acceptable ground for a divorce is sexual immorality. He further says that any divorced person who marries again is involved in adultery. Make sure that it is clear that both Jesus and the Pharisees are making arguments based on the Scriptures.\n\n### Eunuchs\n\nThe word “eunuch” refers to a man who is unable to reproduce. People in Jesus’ culture knew about two types of eunuchs:\n\n\n1. some eunuchs were men who underwent a surgery in which parts of their genitals were removed. This kept them from being able to reproduce. These eunuchs were often important servants of kings and rulers, often serving in the harem.\n2. some eunuchs were men who were born with genitals that were already unable to reproduce.\n\nIn [19:12](../19/12.md), Jesus refers to both of these kinds of eunuchs. Then he refers to “eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs because of the kingdom of the heavens.” Here he is referring to people who live like eunuchs for the sake of the kingdom. Consider how you might naturally refer to “eunuchs” in your language.\n\n### Rich people and the kingdom of the heavens\n\nIn Jesus’ culture, many people thought that rich people had been specifically blessed by God. When Jesus said that it was extremely difficult for rich people to enter God’s kingdom (see [19:23–24](../19/23.md)), the disciples were shocked. They thought that if it was hard for rich people to enter the kingdom, it would be impossible for everyone else. That is why they ask the question, “Who then is able to be saved?” ([19:25](../19/25.md)). If your readers might not understand why the disciples respond in this way, you may need to include a footnote that explains some of this information.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees or to his disciples. This means that Jesus frequently uses plural forms of “you.” In this chapter, you should assume that forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n 19:1 nj6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους, μετῆρεν 1 These clauses mark the end of Jesus’ teaching by stating that Jesus finished speaking to his disciples and then describing what he did next. Use a natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “At that time, Jesus finished speaking these words. Then, he departed”\n -19:1 c5j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 The disciples is using the term **words** to refer to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “speaking these words” +19:1 c5j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here Matthew uses the term **words** to refer to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “speaking these words” 19:1 b7ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετῆρεν 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he and his disciples departed” 19:1 bw17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” 19:1 ixko rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, the phrase **beyond the Jordan** could refer to: (1) areas to the west of the Jordan River. In this case, Matthew means that Jesus traveled on the eastern side of the Jordan River and then went back across it to reach **Judea**. Alternate translation: “on the western side of the Jordan” (2) areas to the east of the Jordan River. In this case, Matthew means that some areas on the eastern side of the Jordan River could be called **Judea**. Alternate translation: “on the eastern side of the Jordan” @@ -4576,7 +4576,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 25:36 fmae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἤλθατε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “you went” 25:37 dqsl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ δίκαιοι 1 The king is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to mean righteous people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” 25:37-39 pdp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “calling him Lord and asking when they had seen him being hungry and fed him, or being thirsty and given him to drink. They asked when they had seen him a stranger and gathered together with him, or naked and clothed him. They asked when they had seen him sick or in prison and came to him.” -25:37-39 j3nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε 1 The people speaking are using the question form to indicate that they do not remember helping the king in any of these ways. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “we do not think that we saw you hungry and fed you, or thirsty and gave you to drink. We do not think that we saw you a stranger and gathered together with you, or naked and clothed you. We do not think that we saw you sick or in prison and came to you.” +25:37-39 j3nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε 1 The people speaking are using the question form to indicate that they do not remember helping the king in any of these ways. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “we do not think that we saw you hungry and fed you, or thirsty and gave you to drink. We do not think that we saw you a stranger and gathered together with you, or naked and clothed you. We do not think that we saw you sick or in prison and came to you.” 25:37 krfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say” 25:37 aqal rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σε & ἐθρέψαμεν & ἐποτίσαμεν 1 Since the people are speaking to the king, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular. 25:37 yh3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν 1 The people speaking are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “when did we see you thirsty and give you to drink” @@ -4621,223 +4621,350 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 25:46 t0ks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **punishment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be punished eternally” 25:46 tifh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ & δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the righteous ones will go away into eternal life” 25:46 kq5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to live eternally” -26:intro mtq8 0 # Matthew 26 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [26:31](../26/31.md), which is quoted from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sheep\n\nSheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In [26:31](../26/31.md), however, Jesus uses the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.\n\n### Passover\n\nThe Passover festival was when the Jews celebrated the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live.\n\n### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus\n\n[26:26–28](./26.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Judas’ kiss for Jesus\n\n[26:49](../mat/26/49.md) describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would **kiss** them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. You might say, for example, that Judas “kissed Jesus on the cheek as a greeting” or that Judas “gave Jesus a friendly greeting.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### “I am able to destroy the temple of God”\n\nTwo men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” ([26:61](../26/61.md)). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days ([John 2:19](../jhn/02/19.md)). -26:1 i35c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 See how you translated this phrase in [11:1](../11/01.md). -26:1 z15a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Matthew is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “speaking all these words” -26:1 xiv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, **these words** refers to everything that Jesus taught in [24:3](../24/03.md)–[25:46](../25/46.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these teachings about what would happen in the future” or “all these teachings about his return to earth and the final judgment” -26:2 eyoq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. -26:2 g4lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will hand over the Son of Man to other people, who will crucify him” -26:3 eps8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν & τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “came together … whose name was Caiaphas” -26:5 u4fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 The chief priests and elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the festival” -26:5 s9p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Here, **the festival** refers the Passover **festival**, as indicated in [26:2](../26/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival” -26:6 zq3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:6–13](../26/06.md) is a new event that happened around the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Around that time,” -26:6 hg3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 Matthew implies that this **Simon** is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Simon, a man whom Jesus had healed of leprosy” -26:7 yxf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ & αὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … Jesus’ … as Jesus is reclining to eat” -26:7 sjky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **jar** that is filled with **very expensive perfumed oil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “an alabaster jar full of very expensive perfumed oil” -26:7 bhs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 Here, **alabaster jar** refers to a small container made out of expensive stone. If your readers would not be familiar with this stone, you could use the name of a stone in your area that is expensive and used for making costly containers, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a costly stone container” -26:7 yu67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 Here, **perfumed oil** refers to a liquid made from the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This oil was put on a person’s skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this oil, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of very precious scented liquid” -26:7 li2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἀνακειμένου 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “as he was reclining to eat” -26:7 ukb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνακειμένου 1 At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. See how you translated the similar phrase in [9:10](../09/10.md). Alternate translation: “as he was sitting down at the table to eat” -26:8 yd03 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations οἱ μαθηταὶ ἠγανάκτησαν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples became angry and said” +26:intro mtq8 0 # Matthew 26 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n11. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n * The chief priests and elders plan to kill Jesus (26:1–5)\n * A woman anoints Jesus (26:6–13)\n * Judas agrees to hand Jesus over (26:14–16)\n * Jesus’ last meal with his disciples (26:17–29)\n * Jesus predicts that his disciples will deny him (26:30–35)\n * Jesus prays in Gethsemane (26:36–46)\n * Judas hands Jesus over (26:47–56)\n * Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council (26:57–68)\n * Peter denies Jesus three times (26:69–75)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [26:31](../26/31.md), which is a quote from [Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Perfumed oil\n\nIn [26:6–13](../26/06.md), a woman anoints Jesus with perfumed oil. The kind that the woman uses was very expensive. People would use these oils to make themselves look and smell good. Also, they used oils to anoint corpses before they buried them, possibly to keep them from smelling. In this story, the woman uses the oil to honor Jesus, and Jesus also interprets it as a preparation for his burial. Make sure that your readers understand what anointing with this kind of oil means. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oil]])\n\n### Denying Jesus\n\nThroughout this chapter, Jesus and his disciples speak about “denying” Jesus. If a disciple denies Jesus, the disciple claims to have no connection with Jesus, neither knowing nor following him. Consider how you might naturally express this idea in your language.\n\n### Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council\n\nIn [26:57–68](../26/57.md), Matthew narrates Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council. Since Jerusalem was governed by the Roman empire, the Roman governor, Pilate, was the only one who could actually have someone executed. So, the Jewish council needed to find evidence against Jesus that proved that he did something for which the Roman governor would execute him. This trial, then, was a preliminary step. They first needed to find good evidence to condemn Jesus, and then they needed to present evidence to the Roman governor that would lead to him executing Jesus. While you should not explain all these details in your translation, make sure that your translation does fit with this general idea.\n\n### The Son of Man coming on the clouds of heaven\n\nIn [26:64](../26/64.md), Jesus indicates that he, the Son of Man, will “come” on the clouds of heaven. However, he does not indicate the location to which he will “come.” Christians debate whether Jesus is describing his return to earth or his enthronement in heaven. If possible, your translation should allow for both possibilities. See the notes on this verse for translation options.\n\n### Peter’s accent\n\nIn [26:73](../26/73.md), people who are standing near Peter tell him that they think he was one of Jesus’ disciples. They back up this claim by referring to his “speech,” by which they mean his accent and choice of words. In other words, Peter’s accent and word choice make it clear that he is from Galilee, where Jesus was from. So, they infer that Peter came to Jerusalem from Galilee with Jesus. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the people standing near Peter are speaking about his accent and word choice that prove that he is from a specific region.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphor with bread and cup\n\nIn [26:26–28](../26/26.md), Jesus identifies bread as “my body” and wine in a cup as “my blood of the covenant.” These metaphors can be understood in at least three primary ways: (1) the bread and wine somehow become Jesus’ body and blood; (2) Jesus’ body and blood are present, physically or spiritually, in the bread and wine; or (3) the bread and wine memorialize or symbolize Jesus’ body and blood. Christians are divided on this question, and metaphors that link body and blood to bread and wine are very significant in the Bible and in Christian teaching. For these reasons, it is best to preserve these metaphors without expressing them as similes or in another nonfigurative way. If you must express them in another way, see the notes on [26:26–28](../26/26.md) for translation possibilities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue, which can include both individuals and groups. Because of this, there are many of both singular and plural forms of “you.” However, there are slightly more plural forms of “you” in this chapter, so you should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The answer “You said it”\n\nIn [26:25](../26/25.md) and [26:64](../26/64.md), Jesus answers questions with the clause “You said it.” He uses this answer because he does not want to directly say “yes,” but he wants to imply that what the person asked is true in some way. In other words, Jesus’ answer indirectly provides a positive answer to the question. If possible, you should use a comparable phrase that gives an indirect positive answer to a question. If necessary, you could use a more direct answer, as modeled by the UST. See the notes on these verses for translation options that are more indirect.\n\n### Judas’ kiss for Jesus\n\nIn [26:49](../mat/26/49.md), Matthew describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would **kiss** them, probably on one cheek or on both cheeks. If men would not greet each other with a kiss in your culture, you could explain the purpose of the kiss, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. See the notes on this verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/kiss]])\n +26:1 i35c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους, εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ 1 These clauses mark the end of Jesus’ teaching by stating that Jesus finished speaking to his disciples and then describing what he did next. Use a natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “At that time, Jesus finished all these words. Then, he said to his disciples” +26:1 z15a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here Matthew uses the term **words** to refer to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “speaking all these words” +26:2 lpo7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense γίνεται & παραδίδοται 1 Here because Jesus is sure that these things will happen, he uses the present to refer to events that will happen in the future. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense here. Alternate translation: “will happen … will be handed over” +26:2 eyoq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am handed over” +26:2 i2p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title Son of Man is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses the phrase to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” +26:2 g4lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the actions, you could use indefinite subjects. Alternate translation: “someone hands over the Son of Man so that people crucify him” +26:3 eps8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered” or “came together” +26:3 vici rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one people called Caiaphas” +26:3 yhpx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα 1 Here Matthew uses the phrase **the one called Caiaphas** to distinguish this **chief priest** from the rest of the **chief priests**. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “of the chief priest who was called Caiaphas” +26:4 yfza rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συνεβουλεύσαντο 1 Here, the phrase **took counsel together** indicates that the chief priests and elders were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [22:15](../22/15.md). Alternate translation: “they made plans together” or “they came up with ideas together” +26:4 rj7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns δόλῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deceit**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “deceitfully” or “cleverly” +26:4 a2n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκτείνωσιν 1 Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and elders would have other people **kill** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have him killed” +26:5 lybt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἔλεγον & μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, ἵνα μὴ θόρυβος γένηται ἐν τῷ λαῷ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were saying that they would not do it during the festival, so that a riot would not happen among the people” +26:5 u4fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 The phrase **Not during the festival** refers to not arresting Jesus during the festival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We must not arrest him during the festival” +26:5 s9p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Here, **the festival** is the Passover, as indicated in [26:2](../26/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the festival of Passover” +26:5 evuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ λαῷ 1 This means specifically the great crowds of **people** who were in the city of Jerusalem and who liked Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the people who listen to Jesus” or “the people who are here who follow Jesus” +26:6 zq3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +26:6 sa8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ & Ἰησοῦ γενομένου 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples were with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples being” +26:6 hg3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 Here Matthew could be implying that: (1) **Simon** had once been a **leper** but had been healed. Alternate translation: “of Simon, who had been healed of leprosy” (2) the house was owned by **Simon**, who was a **leper**, but he did not live there. Alternate translation: “owned by Simon the leper” (3) **the leper** was a nickname for **Simon**, who did not actually have leprosy. Alternate translation: “of Simon, who was nicknamed ‘the leper’” +26:6 afsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμωνος 1 The word **Simon** is the name of a man. This is not the same Simon whom Jesus also called Peter. +26:7 yxf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ ἔχουσα ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 Here Matthew introduces **a woman** into the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman who had an alabaster jar of very expensive perfumed oil. She approached him” +26:7 sjky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 Matthew is using the possessive form to describe **an alabaster jar** that is filled with **very expensive perfumed oil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “an alabaster jar full of very expensive perfumed oil” +26:7 bhs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 The word **alabaster** is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a white stone jar” +26:7 yu67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 This **oil** had fragrant additives. To make a themselves have a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Matthew indicates that this was particularly **expensive** oil. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of oil, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “of very expensive oil with perfume in it”\n +26:7 hqyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου 1 Here, the phrase **{he} reclining to eat** refers to something that was happening while the woman **poured** the oil on Jesus’ head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action. Alternate translation: “his head as he was reclining to eat” +26:7 ukb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνακειμένου 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. See how you translated the similar phrase in [9:10](../09/10.md). Alternate translation: “he sitting down to eat” or “he eating” +26:8 yjab rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +26:8-9 xarg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντες, εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη & ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι πτωχοῖς 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking what the waste was for and saying that the perfume was able to have been sold for much and then given to the poor” +26:8 yd03 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” +26:8 vit4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη? 1 The disciples is using the question form to show that they think the woman wasted the perfume. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason for this waste.” or “What a waste!” 26:8 rgp2 εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη 1 Alternate translation: “What is the purpose for this waste” -26:8 vit4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη? 1 Here the disciples are not asking for information. They ask this question to express their anger over the woman’s actions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What a waste!” or “This is such a waste of perfume!” -26:9 y83e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδύνατο & τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she could have sold this for much and given” -26:9 s9zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the jar full of perfumed oil that the woman poured on Jesus’ head in [26:7](../26/07.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this perfumed oil” -26:9 rkx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “for much money and that money to be given” -26:9 f76h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 Matthew is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” -26:10 pfv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί? 1 Jesus is not asking for information here. He asks this question in order to rebuke his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not cause trouble for the woman!” -26:10 fg3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular παρέχετε 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you disciples causing” -26:10 aieo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κόπους παρέχετε & ἔργον & καλὸν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **trouble** and **work**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “are you troubling … something good” -26:11 wsp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 See how you translated **the poor** in [26:9](../26/09.md). -26:11 o93p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐμὲ & οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 In this phrase Jesus implies that he would not always be with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not always have me with you” -26:12 vk5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ μύρον 1 See how you translated **perfumed oil** in [26:7](../26/07.md). -26:13 xs1w ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). -26:13 g45l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wherever people preach this gospel” -26:13 s12m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in memory of her people will speak of what she has done” -26:14 lo3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε πορευθεὶς & πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 1 **Then** here indicates that what happens in this verse took place after what took place in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation (without a comma at the end of the verse): “After Jesus said this, … went to the chief priests and” -26:14 got6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 Matthew is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated **Twelve** in [10:5](../10/05.md). Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” -26:14 e4gk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος 1 See how you translated **named** in [26:3](../26/03.md). -26:15 pics rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism τί 1 **What** here is referring to an amount of money. This is a polite way of asking to be paid money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “How much money” -26:15 es4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτόν & αὐτῷ 1 While the first occurrence of **him** in this verse refers to Jesus, the second occurrence of **him** refers to Judas Iscariot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. -26:15 x7zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτῷ 1 The phrase **for him** implies that the chief priests gave the **pieces of silver** to Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to give them to him” -26:16 w1e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸν παραδῷ 1 Matthew implies that Jesus would **betray** Jesus by helping the chief priests arrest him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might betray Jesus by helping the chief priests arrest him” -26:17 f3s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:17–25](../26/17.md) a new event that happened shortly after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” -26:17 med9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 **Unleavened Bread** here refers to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that began at Passover and lasted for one week. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” +26:8 qzcl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **waste**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “she wasting this” +26:9 hst3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the disciples say that the woman wasted the perfume. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “We say that because” or “As a matter of fact,” +26:9 y83e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδύνατο & τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would have done the action, it is clear from the context that would have been the woman. Alternate translation: “she was able to sell this for much and give” +26:9 s9zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, the pronoun **this** refers to the jar full of perfumed oil that the woman poured on Jesus’ head in [26:7](../26/07.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer back to it more directly. Alternate translation: “this perfumed oil” +26:9 rkx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 Here the disciples imply that the perfumed could have been sold for **much** money, and this money is what would been **given to the poor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for much money, which could have been given” +26:9 f76h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 The disciples are using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” +26:10 xd3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces how Jesus responded in contrast to how the disciples responded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” +26:10 pfv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples for saying these things about what the woman did. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Do not cause trouble for the woman.” or “Stop causing trouble for the woman!” +26:10 aieo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί & ἔργον & καλὸν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **trouble** and **work**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “are you troubling the woman … something good” +26:10 mxnc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the disciples should not cause **trouble** for the woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should not do that, because” or “In fact,” +26:11 rhbf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Jesus rebukes the disciples for saying that the woman should have given money to the poor instead of pouring the perfume on Jesus’ head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a rebuke, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I am rebuking you because” or “Here is why I say that:” +26:11 o93p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντοτε & τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 Here Jesus implies that they will always have the opportunity of giving to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you, and you can give to them whenever you desire to do so” +26:11 wsp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” +26:12 usm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation about why what the woman did was a “good work.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Further,” +26:12 vk5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ μύρον 1 See how you translated **perfumed oil** in [26:7](../26/07.md). Alternate translation: “oil with perfume in it” +26:12 g8x1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τὸ ἐνταφιάσαι με 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burial**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to prepare me to be buried” +26:13 xs1w ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” +26:13 g45l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο & λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the actions, you could use indefinite subjects. Alternate translation: “people preach this gospel … they will also speak what she did” +26:13 s12m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **remembrance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that she is remembered” or “as a way to remember her” +26:14 got6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 Matthew is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun to refer to Jesus’ closest disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles” +26:14 e4gk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the similar form in [26:3](../26/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one people called Judas Iscariot”\n +26:14 lo3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορευθεὶς 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come” +26:15 pics rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί θέλετέ μοι δοῦναι 1 Here Judas is asking how much money they will **give** to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What sum of money are you willing to pay me” +26:15 c0k0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal κἀγὼ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces what Judas is offering to do if they **give** him enough money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a goal or result. If you use the following alternate translations, you may need to delete the comma before **and**. Alternate translation: “so that I” or “in order that I” +26:15 x7zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ & ἔστησαν αὐτῷ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 Here Matthew refers to a procedure in which **pieces of silver** would be **weighed** to so that all the people involved in the transaction would be sure that the correct amount of money had been payed. Matthew means that they offered to pay Judas **30 pieces of silver**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they counted out 30 pieces of silver for him” or “they offered 30 pieces of silver to him” +26:15 es4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 Each of these **pieces of silver** was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “30 coins made out of silver” or “about four months’ wages” +26:16 w1e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εὐκαιρίαν ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **opportunity**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when it might be easy to hand him over” or “an opportune moment in which to hand him over” +26:17 f3s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,” +26:17 med9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῇ & πρώτῃ 1 Matthew is using the number **first** as a noun to mean the first day. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “on the first day” +26:17 w6v3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ & πρώτῃ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day one” 26:17 zkpv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” -26:17 xm39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Here, **the Passover** refers to the meal that people ate together on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” -26:18 hc78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. 1 This verse has three levels of direct quotations. If direct quotations inside direct quotations would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second-level and third-level direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Go into the city to such a man and say to him that the Teacher says that his time is near. He is doing the Passover at your house with his disciples.” -26:18 s2sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πόλιν 1 Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem” -26:18 r4tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ καιρός μου 1 **My time** here could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus had arranged beforehand with the **man** to use a room in his house for the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “The time I arranged with you” (2) the time God had appointed for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “The time God appointed for me” -26:18 j9pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 See how you translated the same use of **the Passover** in the previous verse. -26:19 vel7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 See how you translated the same use of **the Passover** in the [26:17](../26/17.md). -26:20 bga4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνέκειτο 1 See how you translated this phrase in [26:7](../26/07.md). -26:20 js7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [26:14](../26/14.md). -26:21 ehx6 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). -26:22 n12r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε? 1 This could be: (1) a rhetorical question, which means that the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Surely not I, Lord!” (2) a sincere question, which means that Jesus’ statement troubled and confused them. Alternate translation: “Could it be me, Lord?” -26:22 r2it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will betray you, Lord” -26:23 mpnm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ 1 This refers to someone using **his hand** to dip a piece of bread into some sauce or liquid food that is in a dish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one having dipped bread with me into the sauce that is in the dish” -26:24 n7dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will depart just as it is written about me. But woe to that man by whom I am betrayed” -26:24 x2n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ὑπάγει 1 Here, **depart** is a polite way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be put to death” -26:24 vix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This phrase specifically refers to what the prophets wrote in the Hebrew Scriptures. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote” -26:24 eqcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Jesus assumes that his hearers will understand that by using **it is written**, he means that it is prophesied in the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is referring to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures” -26:24 hai5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to that man who betrays the Son of Man” -26:24 vy1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that man’s mother had not given birth to him” -26:25 vpq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί? 1 Judas is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to deny that he will betray Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I, Rabbi!” -26:25 ex1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will betray you, Rabbi” -26:25 oee7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγει αὐτῷ 1 **He** here refers to Jesus and **him** refers to **Judas**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to Judas” -26:25 y9lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 This is an idiom that Jesus uses to give an affirmative answer to Judas’ question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is as you have said yourself” or “You are admitting it” -26:26 qh16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:26–56](../26/26.md) is a new event that happened shortly after the time of the events that the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after,” -26:26 y6me rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτον 1 The term **bread** refers to a loaf of **bread**, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. The **bread** referred to here was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread** that was eaten as part of the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” -26:26 rb65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρτον 1 Since Jews did not eat **bread** made with yeast during this festival, this **bread** would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a flat loaf of unleavened bread” -26:26 mr5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογήσας 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus thanked God for providing the **bread**. Alternate translation: “having blessed God for it” (2) Jesus asked God to bless the **bread**. Alternate translation: “having asked God to bless it” -26:26 yg2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis λάβετε, φάγετε 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Take some of this bread and eat it” -26:26 tkiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this sentence. See also how it is translated in [Mark 14:22](../../mrk/14/22.md). Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread” -26:27 tn39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ποτήριον 1 Here, **cup** refers to both the **cup** and the wine that was in it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a cup of wine” -26:27 zb1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐχαριστήσας 1 Matthew implies that Jesus thanked God for the wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having given thanks to God” -26:28 l55a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the wine in the cup that was mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this wine” -26:28 o1zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this sentence. See also how it is translated in [Mark 14:24](../../mrk/14/24.md). This phrase could be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “this wine represents my blood that establishes the covenant, and it is my blood that I will pour out for many” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “my blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many, is really present in this wine” -26:28 ct81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 The phrase **of the** introduces the purpose for Jesus shedding his **blood**. Jesus is stating that the purpose for him shedding his **blood** is to establish the new **covenant**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. Alternate translation: “this is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of establishing God’s covenant” or “This is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of making God’s covenant with his people” -26:28 bms3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 Jesus is referring to the way his **blood** is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out” -26:28 bqc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **forgiveness** and **sins**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “forgiving the sinful things people have done” -26:29 l556 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. -26:29 h85b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 This is an idiom that refers to wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. -26:29 domn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης 1 Here Jesus uses the term **day** to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. -26:29 tsjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸ πίνω μεθ’ ὑμῶν καινὸν 1 Here, **new** could refer to: (1) Jesus, and therefore would mean “again” or “in a new way.” See the parallel account in [Luke 22:18](../../luk/22/18.md) where Jesus seems to mean this. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way with you” or “I drink it anew with you” (2) the wine and thus would be referring to drinking a new type or quality of wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine with you” -26:29 q8zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 See how you translated the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens” in [3:2](../03/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language to understand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule,” as in the UST. -26:29 m9vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. +26:17 m2e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular θέλεις & σοι 1 Since the disciples are talking to Jesus, the word **you** is singular throughout this verse. +26:17 xm39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Jesus’ disciples are using the name of one part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” +26:18 hc78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “Go into the city to so-and-so and say to him that the Teacher says that his time is near and that he with his disciples is doing the Passover with him” +26:18 s2sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πόλιν 1 Here, the phrase **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem” +26:18 zudx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν δεῖνα 1 Here, the phrase **so-and-so** refers to a person whose name the speaker does not want to share. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form in your language, or you could refer to a man without naming him. Alternate translation: “such-and-such a man” or “a certain man” +26:18 r4tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ καιρός μου 1 Here, the phrase **My time** refers to a moment when something important is going to happen to Jesus. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the **time** when he will suffer and die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “A significant moment for me” or “The time for me to die” +26:18 j9pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα & μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου 1 Here Jesus uses the name of one part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [26:17](../26/17.md). Alternate translation: “I with my disciples am eating the Passover meal” +26:18 vvca rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ποιῶ & μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to refer to something that he plans to do in the future. Use whatever tense would be natural for describing plans for the future. Alternate translation: “I with my disciples plan to do” +26:18 x1xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸς σὲ 1 Here Jesus implies that will celebrate the Passover at this man’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at your house” +26:18 yrry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὲ 1 Since the disciples will be talking to a man, the word **you** here is singular. +26:19 vel7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Here Matthew uses the name of one part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [26:17](../26/17.md). Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” +26:20 g6dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +26:20 bga4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνέκειτο 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. See how you translated the similar phrase in [9:10](../09/10.md). Alternate translation: “he was sitting down to eat” or “he was eating”\n +26:20 js7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 Matthew is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun to refer to Jesus’ closest disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you expressed the idea in [26:14](../26/14.md). Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles” +26:21 ehx6 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” +26:22 s5gb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λυπούμενοι σφόδρα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “since what he said grieved them very much” +26:22 n12r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε? 1 Here the disciples could be using the question form: (1) to tell Jesus that they would never hand him over. In this case, you could express the idea as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not the one, Lord!” (2) to ask a hesitant question. In this case, they are unsure whether they would hand Jesus over. Alternate translation: “Can it really be me, Lord?” +26:22 r2it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will hand you over, Lord” +26:23 mefd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +26:23 lsoc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ, οὗτός με παραδώσει 1 Here, the phrase **this one** refers directly back to **The one having dipped his hand with me in the bowl**. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce **The one having dipped his hand** and then say what he will do. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the phrase **this one** would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “The one having dipped his hand with me in the bowl will hand me over” +26:23 mpnm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ 1 Here Jesus describes one specific way of eating food in his culture to refer to eating in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one taking food from the same plate with me” or “The one participating in this meal with me” +26:24 n7dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, depart just as it has been written about me. But woe to that man through whom I am handed over” +26:24 akkw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses the phrase to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “The Messiah … the Messiah” +26:24 riwt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ὑπάγει 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe a future event. He does this to emphasize that the future event is sure to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense here and express the certainty in another way. Alternate translation: “will surely depart” +26:24 x2n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ὑπάγει 1 Here, **departs** is a polite way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite way to refer to dying, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “passes away” or “dies” +26:24 eqcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Here Jesus implies that what **has been written** can be found in the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures” +26:24 vix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the people who wrote the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote” or “the Scriptures testify” +26:24 hai5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who hands over the Son of Man” +26:24 vy1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the man’s mother. Alternate translation: “that man’s mother had not given birth to him” +26:25 k85p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +26:25 vpq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί? 1 Here Judas could be using the question form: (1) to deny that he would ever hand Jesus over. In this case, you could express the idea as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not the one, Rabbi!” (2) to ask Jesus if he knows whether Judas is the one who will hand him over. In this case, Judas is actually asking for information. Alternate translation: “Do you think it is me, Rabbi?” +26:25 ex1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί 1 Judas is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will hand you over, Rabbi” +26:25 oee7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said” +26:25 y9lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 Here, the phrase **You said {it}** indicates that the speaker acknowledges the truth of what the other person said. Jesus uses this phrase to indirectly indicate that Judas is the one who will hand him over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that gives an indirect positive response to a question. If necessary, you could express the idea more directly, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “That is what you say” or “Your words show what is true” +26:25 ftbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὺ 1 Since Peter is talking to Judas, the word **You** here is singular. +26:26 qh16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Later on,” +26:26 mr5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογήσας 1 Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus **blessed**: (1) God for providing the food. Alternate translation: “having blessed God” or “having praised God” (2) the food. Alternate translation: “having blessed it” or “having asked God to make it holy” +26:26 rb65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔκλασεν 1 Here Matthew means that Jesus **broke** the **bread** in pieces so that it could be served to the disciples. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “divided the bread into servings” or “broke the bread into smaller pieces” +26:26 yg2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis λάβετε, φάγετε 1 Here Jesus implies that he wants the disciples to **Take** and **eat** the pieces of bread that he gave to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Take these pieces of bread and eat them” +26:26 tkiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 Here Jesus identifies the bread as his **body**. This figure of speech has been interpreted in a number of ways. The bread could somehow become Jesus’ **body**, or Jesus’ **body** could be present in some way when people eat the bread, or the bread could represent or memorialize Jesus’ **body**. Because of the variety of interpretations and the significance of this metaphor, you should preserve the metaphor if there is any way to do so. If you must express the metaphor in a different way, use a form that could fit with as many of the listed interpretations as possible. Alternate translation: “This functions as my body” +26:27 tn39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ποτήριον 1 Here Matthew uses the word **cup** to refer both to it and to the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a cup full of wine” or “some wine” +26:27 zb1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he instructed them” +26:28 hpwy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of the cup of wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is what this cup of wine means:” +26:28 l55a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, the pronoun **this** refers to the wine in the cup that Matthew mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the wine more directly. Alternate translation: “the wine in this cup” +26:28 o1zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης 1 Here Jesus identifies the cup of wine as his **blood** of **the covenant**. This figure of speech has been interpreted in a number of ways. The wine could somehow become Jesus’ **blood**, or Jesus’ **blood** could be present in some way when people drink the wine, or the wine could represent or memorialize Jesus’ **blood**. Because of the variety of interpretations and the significance of this metaphor, you should preserve the metaphor if there is any way to do so. If you must express the metaphor in a different way, use a form that could fit with as many of the listed interpretations as possible. Alternate translation: “this functions as my blood of the covenant” +26:28 ct81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe how his **blood** inaugurates or initiates **the covenant**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “my blood that initiates the covenant” +26:28 glj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 Here Jesus means that he will die and his **blood** will be **poured out** of his body. He is using words that people would use to describe how animals would be offered to God: these animals would be killed and then their blood would be **poured out** on or near the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that, when I die, is being poured out for many” or “that is being shed for many” +26:28 bms3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, Jesus implies that he himself does it when he dies. Alternate translation: “I am pouring out” +26:28 vofa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women” +26:28 bqc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **forgiveness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to forgive sins” +26:29 pbx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” +26:29 hl24 λέγω & ὑμῖν, οὐ μὴ πίω 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that I will certainly not drink” +26:29 l556 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means” +26:29 h85b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ τούτου τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 Here, the phrase **fruit of the vine** refers to wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “alcohol made from grapes” or “wine” +26:29 domn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης 1 Here Jesus uses the term **day** to refer to a particular moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that hour” or “the moment” +26:29 tsjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸ πίνω & καινὸν 1 Here, the word **new** could go with: (1) **drink**. In this case, Jesus means that he will drink the wine in a **new** way. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way” or “I drink it anew” (2) the wine. In this case, Jesus means that he will drink **new** wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine” +26:29 m9vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son. 26:30 ed5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑμνήσαντες 1 A **hymn** is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a psalm from Psalms 113–118 at the end of the Passover meal, so the **hymn** that Jesus and his disciples sang was likely one of these psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a **hymn**, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God” -26:31 svl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble because of me” -26:31 v8yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 Jesus is speaking as if his disciples would literally **stumble** or fall down. He means that they will desert him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will leave me on account of what happens to me” -26:31 bvf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 13:7](../../zec/13/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” -26:31 c4k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. What follows is a quotation from [Zechariah 13:7](../../zec/13/07.md). Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote” -26:31 eq8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται γάρ, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah the prophet wrote that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock would be scattered” or “because Zechariah the prophet predicted in the Scriptures that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock would be scattered” -26:31 mc1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 Jesus is quoting a prophecy from [Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md) in which the prophet Zechariah speaks of the Messiah as if he were a **shepherd** and of the Messiah’s followers as if they were **sheep** that belonged to his **flock**. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. -26:31 u1t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατάξω 1 Here, **I** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, will strike” -26:31 ccyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πατάξω 1 Here, **strike** means to kill someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will kill” -26:31 rvk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sheep of the flock will run away” -26:32 pj2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 Here, **raise up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I become alive again” -26:32 xuyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God raises me up” or “God brings me back to life” -26:32 tipu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Jesus implies that his disciples will meet him in **Galilee**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will go ahead of you into Galilee and we will meet there” -26:33 u6r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble … will stumble” -26:33 m2un rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι 1 See how you translated **stumble** in [26:31](../26/31.md). Alternate translation: “will leave you … will leave you” -26:34 sf9x ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). -26:34 ui4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 Jesus is referring to a certain time of day. A **rooster crows** just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “before a rooster crows as morning begins” +26:31 j2o2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” +26:31 a2nl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πάντες ὑμεῖς σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ; γέγραπται γάρ, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clauses gives the basis for the claim that the first clause makes. Alternate translation: “It is written, ‘I will strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock will be scattered.’ Therefore, you all will be caused to stumble on me in this night” +26:31 v8yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 Here Jesus speaks as if he were a lump or rock that his disciples could **stumble on**. He means that they will reject and desert him because of what will happen to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will desert me because of what happens to me” or “will run away from me” +26:31 svl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble” +26:31 bvf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 In Jesus’ culture, **it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Zechariah (see [Zechariah 13:7](../../zec/13/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “you can read in the Scriptures” or “it says in the book of Zechariah” +26:31 c4k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Zechariah. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote” or “God spoke through Zechariah” +26:31 eq8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται & πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that God will strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock will be scattered” +26:31 mc1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the Messiah were a **shepherd** and as if his people were **sheep of the flock**. He means that the Messiah is the leader, and his people are like helpless sheep without him. Since Jesus is quoting these words from the Old Testament, if possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “I will strike the person who is like a shepherd and those who are like sheep of the flock will be scattered” +26:31 u1t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατάξω 1 In this quotation, God is the one speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I, God, will strike” +26:31 ccyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατάξω 1 Here, the word **strike** means to hit someone hard enough to kill that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will fatally strike” or “I will strike down” +26:31 rvk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sheep of the flock will scatter” +26:31 cty9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “the sheep” +26:32 pj2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 Here, the word **raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am restored to life”\n +26:32 xuyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God raises me up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “I raise myself up” +26:32 tipu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Here Jesus implies that once he is in Galilee, his disciples will meet him there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will go ahead of you into Galilee, where you will be with me again” +26:32 g7px rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προάξω 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “I will come ahead of” +26:33 kott rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται 1 Peter is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that **all** might **be caused to stumble**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Were all to be caused to stumble” +26:33 m2un rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσονται ἐν σοί & σκανδαλισθήσομαι 1 Here Peter speaks as if Jesus were a lump or rock that his disciples could **stumble on**. He means that they may reject and desert Jesus because of what will happen to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea [26:31](../26/31.md). Alternate translation: “will desert you because of what will happen to you … will desert you” or “will run away from you … will run away”\n +26:33 u6r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble … will stumble” +26:33 j6r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοί 1 Because Peter is talking to Jesus, the word **you** here is singular. +26:34 sf9x ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell Peter. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” +26:34 y1gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοι & ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 Since Jesus is talking to Peter, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular. +26:34 ui4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 Here Jesus describes what an animal does in the morning when the sun comes up to refer to that time of day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before a rooster crows in the early morning” 26:34 lx5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning” -26:34 b2rh τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 Alternate translation: “you will deny three times that you know me” -26:35 ywnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” -26:36 lm3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγόμενον Γεθσημανεὶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. -26:37 ny4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου 1 This phrase refers to the disciples James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. +26:34 b2rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 Here Jesus implies that Peter will **deny** that he knows Jesus and is his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will deny three times that you know me” or “you will deny three times that you are my disciple” +26:35 ywnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” +26:35 zi40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical κἂν δέῃ με σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν 1 Peter is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that it might be **necessary** to **die with** Jesus. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Even were it necessary for me to die with you” +26:35 qttc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἂν δέῃ με σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν 1 Here Peter means that **if it were necessary** for him to die if he remained faithful to Jesus, he would rather do that than **deny** him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Even if it were necessary for me, to keep from denying you, to die with you” or “Even if I would have to die with you if I stayed with you” +26:35 jhia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοὶ & σε 1 Since Peter is talking to Jesus, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular. +26:36 ckf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔρχεται & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came … said” +26:36 fvcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “goes” +26:36 lm3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγόμενον Γεθσημανεὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people call Gethsemane” +26:37 kj0z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive παραλαβὼν τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου, ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was something that Jesus was thinking about. Alternate translation: “he took along Peter and the two sons of Zebedee. Now something began to grieve and greatly trouble Jesus” or “as he took along Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, what he was thinking began to grieve and greatly trouble him” +26:37 ny4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου 1 The **two sons of Zebedee** were James and John (see [4:21](../04/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them by name. Alternate translation: “James and John, the two sons of Zebedee” +26:37 vx4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet λυπεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν 1 The terms **grieved** and **greatly troubled** mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to be extremely grieved” or “to be very troubled” 26:38 l5ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” -26:38 gf7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am deeply sorrowful” -26:38 c43t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἕως θανάτου 1 The phrase **to the point of death** refers to feeling like one is about to die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could die” -26:39 kcz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase is an idiom that means that he bowed down. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that Jesus did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and touched the ground with his face” or “he bowed down to the ground” -26:39 nuv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. -26:39 f254 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 Jesus is referring to the suffering he will soon experience as if it were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” -26:39 k5in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yet, do not do what I want, but do what you want to do” +26:38 u2rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was something that Jesus was thinking about. Alternate translation: “Something grieves my soul very much” or “What I am thinking grieves my soul very much” +26:38 gf7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am very grieved” +26:38 c43t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἕως θανάτου 1 Jesus is using the phrase **to death** to describe the extent of his grief. He uses this overstatement in order to show how very **grieved** he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow, or you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “so much so that I cannot stand it much longer” or “as if I were about to die”\n +26:39 p662 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προσελθὼν μικρὸν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come a little farther” +26:39 kcz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 In Matthew’s culture, falling on one’s **face** refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “he bowed down” or “he lay down to show respect”\n +26:39 wi5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations προσευχόμενος καὶ λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he asked God” +26:39 nuv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son. +26:39 rfw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “cause this cup to pass away from me” or “allow this cup to pass away from me” +26:39 f254 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this suffering that is like a cup full of poison” or “this suffering” +26:39 k5in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not do as I will, but do as you will” +26:39 yxf0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σύ 1 Since Jesus is speaking to his **Father**, the word **you** here is singular. 26:40 luh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & εὑρίσκει & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … found … he said” -26:40 hq2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 Here, **the disciples** refers specifically to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John” -26:40 tdl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus woke up **Peter** before speaking to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he wakes up Peter and says to him” -26:40 ev7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ ἰσχύσατε & γρηγορῆσαι 1 Although Jesus is speaking to **Peter**, **you** here is plural and refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “were the three of you not able to stay alert” -26:40 c11a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to scold Peter, James, and John. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely should have been able to stay alert with me for one hour!” -26:41 buv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you can express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “nothing will tempt you to sin” -26:41 ny5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ & πνεῦμα 1 Jesus is describing the inner part of a person (which includes their desires and will) by association with their **spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The inner self” or “The inner person” -26:41 qme9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πρόθυμον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what pleases God” or “is willing to obey me” -26:41 xlig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἡ & σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 Here, **flesh** could: (1) include the meaning of both option 2 and option 3 below and therefore **flesh** would refer to both the weakness of the human body and also to the deficiency of human desire and ability to do what is right. Alternate translation: “the body and your sinful human nature are weak” (2) refer to the human “body.” Alternate translation: “the body is weak” (3) refer to the sinful part of human nature that prefers to seek comfort and seek what it desires rather than obey God and do the things that please him. Alternate translation: “the sinful human nature is weak” -26:42 pz9l ἀπελθὼν 1 Alternate translation: “after Jesus went away” -26:42 vbvh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time two” -26:42 ch7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. -26:42 b6cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 Here, **this** and **it** refer to the suffering that Jesus must endure, which he referred to as a “cup” of bitter-tasting liquid in [26:39](../26/39.md). He speaks of this suffering as if it were a bitter liquid that he must **drink**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “if this suffering is not able to pass away unless I endure it” -26:42 xsk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” -26:43 ng7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why the three disciples were **sleeping**. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason. Alternate translation: “since” -26:43 lts9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 The phrase **their eyes were weighed down** is an idiom meaning “they were very tired.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” or “they were very tired” +26:40 hq2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 Here, **the disciples** refers specifically to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John” +26:40 tdl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus woke up **Peter** before speaking to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he wakes up Peter to say to him” +26:40 c11a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter, James, and John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “So, I see that you were not able to be alert with me for one hour.” or “You surely should have been able to be alert with me for one hour!” +26:40 an84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε 1 Here, the word **So** indicates that Jesus question is based on what he found when he returned to the disciples. Given that the disciples were asleep, the word **So** means that the answer to this question is already obvious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a rhetorical question based on something that the person has observed. Alternate translation: “Given what I just found, should I conclude that were you not able” or “I do not really need to ask, but were you not able” +26:40 ev7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ ἰσχύσατε 1 Although Jesus is speaking directly to **Peter**, **you** here is plural and refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “were the three of you not able” +26:41 k4tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **temptation** were a location that someone could **enter into**. He is referring to experiencing **temptation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not experience temptation” or “you are kept away from temptation” +26:41 buv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you are not tempted” +26:41 hi7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The words **spirit** and **flesh** represent people’s spirits and flesh in general, not one particular spirit and flesh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “People’s spirits indeed are willing, but their flesh is weak” +26:41 ny5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον 1 Here, **spirit** represents a person’s desires and will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The will indeed wants to do it” or “Inside, you indeed are willing”\n +26:41 qme9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρόθυμον 1 Here Jesus implies that **the spirit** is **willing** to do what is right, and more specifically what Jesus has asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what I ask” +26:41 xlig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ & σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 Here, **flesh** represents a person’s body and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the body is weak” or “when you act you are weak” +26:42 pz9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come away” +26:42 vbvh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time two” +26:42 zdrp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +26:42 ch7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus. +26:42 b6cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 Here Jesus continues to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to **drink**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [26:39](../26/39.md). Alternate translation: “this suffering that is like a cup full of poison is not able to pass away unless I drink from it” or “this suffering is not able to pass away unless I experience it”\n +26:42 mio8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο & αὐτὸ 1 The pronouns **this** and **it** refer to the cup that Jesus already mentioned in [26:39](../26/39.md). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the cup more directly. Alternate translation: “this cup … from it” +26:42 xsk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “let your happen” or “may you do your will” +26:42 hnty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do your will” or “cause your will to be done” +26:42 o070 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you will” +26:42 kuhq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου 1 Since Jesus is talking to his **Father**, the word **your** here is singular. +26:43 ng7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἐλθὼν πάλιν, εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας, ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the second clause describes. Alternate translation: “And since their eyes were weighed down, when he came again, he found them sleeping” +26:43 qys3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone” +26:43 lts9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 Here, the clause **their eyes were weighed down** indicates that the three disciples were very tired and sleepy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were exhausted” or “they were very tired” +26:43 ijo3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their eyes were heavy” or “sleepiness weighed their eyes down” +26:44 k4nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come away” 26:44 v3i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἐκ τρίτου 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time three” -26:45 iaqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … said” -26:45 vvp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to scold Peter, James, and John. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not still be sleeping and taking your rest!” -26:45 dgx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** is used by Jesus here to get his disciples to pay attention to what is about to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” -26:45 rw3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the specific time” -26:45 g9hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” -26:45 ell4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am being betrayed” -26:45 g9eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 Here, **hands** refers to power or control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the power of sinners” or “so that sinners will have power over him” -26:46 j7ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** is used by Jesus here to get his disciples to pay attention to what is about to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” -26:47 rlp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “as he was still speaking” -26:47 roz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. -26:47 czh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [26:14](../26/14.md). -26:47 x33m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and with him, there was a large crowd” -26:47 e26h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 A “club” is a hard piece of wood that a person uses for hitting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people” -26:48 qb4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** here is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the **signal** he planned to use to betray Jesus. -26:48 gw8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize” -26:48 m23z ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 Alternate translation: “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss” -26:48 gqsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the symbolic significance of a greeting **kiss ** in this culture. Alternate translation: “Whomever I greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “Whomever I give a friendly greeting” -26:48 nr34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτός 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, whom the crowd had come to arrest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the one whom you want to arrest” -26:49 uig8 προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “when Judas came up to Jesus” -26:49 cyb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 See how you translated “kiss” in the previous verse. -26:50 xehs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do that for which you are here” -26:50 w3d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ 1 Here, **laid hands on** is an idiom which means to take hold of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “took hold of” -26:50 vmd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 The phrases **laid hands on** and **seized** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine these phrases into one. Alternate translation: “seized Jesus” or “seized him” or “took hold of Jesus in order to arrest him” -26:51 vm6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to what is about to happen. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. +26:44 bvw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον 1 Matthew is using the term **word** to mean something spoken using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the same things” or “what he said previously” +26:45 iaqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔρχεται & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … said” +26:45 gmze καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε 1 This sentence could be: (1) a rhetorical question that Jesus uses to rebuke the disciples. In this case, Jesus is disappointed that the disciples continue to sleep. Alternate translation: “Do you continue to sleep and rest?” (2) a command to continue to sleep and rest. In this case, Jesus means that the time when they were supposed to be alert is over, and they might as well sleep and rest now. Alternate translation: “Go ahead and continue to sleep and rest!” or “You can continue to sleep and rest.” +26:45 vvp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter, James, and John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is sad that you are still sleeping and resting.” or “You should not still be sleeping and resting!” +26:45 acrq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε 1 The terms **sleeping** and **resting** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Are you still taking your rest” or “Are you still sleeping soundly” +26:45 dgx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:” +26:45 rw3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, the word **hour** refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the moment” +26:45 v53x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, Jesus implies that **the hour** is the time when he will suffer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the hour of my suffering” +26:45 g9hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone hands over the Son of Man” +26:45 ell4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am handed over” +26:45 of5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses the phrase to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” +26:45 ajr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραδίδοται 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe a future event that he knows will surely happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense and indicate the certainty in another way. Alternate translation: “will certainly be handed over” +26:45 g9eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας 1 The term **hands** represents power and control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how expressed the similar idea in [17:22](../17/22.md). Alternate translation: “into the power” or “into the control” +26:46 j7ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:” +26:47 roz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly” +26:47 czh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 Matthew is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun to refer to Jesus’ closest disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you expressed the idea in [26:14](../26/14.md). Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles” +26:47 x33m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and with him came a large crowd” +26:47 e26h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 A “club” is a hard piece of wood that a person uses to hit people. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of weapon, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people” +26:48 qb4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Matthew uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “At an earlier time,” or “Earlier,” +26:48 jumh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σημεῖον 1 Here Matthew is referring to an action by which one person communicates to others. More specifically, Judas arranged with the crowd an action that would communicate to them which person was Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a signal to point out Jesus” or “a cue that would indicate whom to seize” +26:48 gw8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was he, and that they should seize him” +26:48 do4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +26:48 gqsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 In Jesus’ culture, close friends would greet each other with a **kiss**. In some cultures, a kiss as a greeting is appropriate, but in other cultures it is not appropriate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what the **kiss** means, or you could refer to how close friends would greet each other in your culture. Alternate translation: “Whomever I greet with a kiss” or “Whomever I hug” +26:48 nr34 αὐτός 1 Alternate translation: “the one you are seeking” +26:49 uig8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom χαῖρε 1 In Jesus’ culture, people commonly greeted each other with the word **Rejoice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that people use to greet each other. Alternate translation: “Hello” +26:49 ar7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular χαῖρε 1 Since Judas is speaking to Jesus, the command to **Rejoice** is singular. +26:49 cyb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 In Jesus’ culture, close friends would greet each other with a **kiss**. See how you expressed the idea in [26:48](../26/48.md). Alternate translation: “he greet him with a kiss” or “he hugged him” +26:50 ve1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +26:50 xehs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει 1 Here Jesus uses a very short clause that implies some information. The clause could be: (1) a rhetorical question. In this case, Jesus is rebuking Judas by asking him why he is **present**. Alternate translation: “for what purpose are you present?” (2) a command. In this case, Jesus is telling Judas to do what he came to do. Alternate translation: “do that for which you are present!” (3) a statement. In this case, Jesus is saying that he knows why Judas is **present**. Alternate translation: “I know for what purpose you are present.” +26:50 nodp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Judas. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you are present to do something wrong” or “you should not have come here to do this!” +26:50 hmpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular πάρει 1 Since Jesus is talking to Judas, the word **you** here is singular. +26:50 vmd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 The clauses **they laid hands on Jesus** and **seized him** mean similar things. Matthew is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “they seized Jesus” or “they took hold of Jesus to arrest him” +26:50 w3d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ 1 Here, **they laid hands on Jesus** means that they grabbed and restrained Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they took hold of” or “they grabbed” +26:51 vm6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly” +26:51 ay85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo εἷς τῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ, ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἀπέσπασεν τὴν μάχαιραν αὐτοῦ 1 The expression **having stretched out his hand** contains extra information that might be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “one of the ones with Jesus drew his sword” +26:51 d91l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants εἷς τῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ 1 Matthew uses this phrase to bring one of the characters in the story into the center of the action, but he does not identify the person by name. John indicates in his Gospel that it was Peter, but since Matthew does not name him here, it would not be appropriate to use his name in your translation. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “one of the disciples who was with Jesus came forward and” 26:52 o6m0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” -26:52 tj6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 Here Jesus implies taking up **a sword** in order to kill someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ones having taken up a sword to kill people” -26:52 w357 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 Here Jesus implies that these people **will perish** by someone killing them with **a sword**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be killed by someone else using a sword” -26:53 kgx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων? 1 Jesus is not asking for information but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I am able to call upon my Father, and he will send me more than 12 legions of angels at once!” -26:53 eb7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular δοκεῖς 1 Here, **you** is singular because Jesus is speaking to the person with the sword. -26:53 g3zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. -26:53 tfw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων 1 The word “legion” is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Here Jesus means God would send a large number of **angels** and easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more than 12 very large groups of angels” -26:54 gew5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is the result of the idea in the last verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Were I to do that, then how” -26:54 gih7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “which say that this must happen” -26:54 teq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the scriptures would not be fulfilled that say that this must happen!” -26:54 xqpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “would I fulfill the scriptures” -26:54 c5g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ Γραφαὶ 1 Here, **the scriptures** refers to those parts of the Old Testament that refer to the atoning death of the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those scriptures about what will happen to the Messiah” -26:55 hc33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Matthew is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “point in time” -26:55 yf4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke **the crowd**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You did not need to come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as you would against a robber!” -26:55 q9vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 See how you translated **clubs** in [26:47](../26/47.md). -26:55 e8dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. Jesus is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. -26:56 fb46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Here, **the writings of the prophets** refers to those parts of the Old Testament Scriptures that refer to the atoning death of the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what the prophets wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” -26:56 ygn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill the writings of the prophets” -26:57 f6nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly what the phrase they **led him away** means. Alternate translation: “took Jesus from where they had arrested him” -26:57 gy6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, ὅπου 1 Here, **where** implies that they brought Jesus to the place where **Caiaphas** lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of Caiaphas the high priest, which is where” -26:57 y2oz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had come together” -26:58 jui3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν 1 Matthew provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now without getting to close, Peter followed Jesus” -26:58 v8th καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω 1 Alternate translation: “And after Peter went inside” -26:59 i8jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τὸ Συνέδριον ὅλον 1 **Now** here indicates that Matthew is making **the chief priests** and the **Sanhedrin** the subject of this part of the story instead of Peter. Use a natural way in your language for indicating this change in subjects. Alternate translation: “Now the men who were the chief priests and the entire Sanhedrin” -26:59 qto5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ψευδομαρτυρίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verbal phrase, as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the idea in some other way that is natural in your language. -26:59 u6v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὅπως αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb form such as “kill” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed” +26:52 dcgj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἀπόστρεψον τὴν μάχαιράν σου εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς; πάντες γὰρ οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “All the ones having taken a sword will perish by a sword, so return your sword to its place” +26:52 e8n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀπόστρεψον & σου 1 Since Jesus is talking to the man who drew his sword, the word **your** and the command **Return** are singular. +26:52 f4co rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς 1 Here, the **place** for the sword is where a person would normally store or keep a sword while he or she was not using it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable a word or phrase that refers to where a person keeps a sword on them, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your belt” or “where you keep it” +26:52 tj6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 Here Jesus refers to those who fight and kill others as **the ones having taken a sword**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones using swords” or “the ones having taken a sword to kill others” +26:52 w357 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 Here Jesus implies that these people **will perish** by someone killing them with **a sword**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be killed by someone else using a sword” +26:53 kgx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach the disciple who drew the sword. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Indeed, I am able to beg my Father, and he will provide me now with more than 12 legions of angels” or “Surely you know that I am able to beg my Father, and he will provide me now with more than 12 legions of angels!” +26:53 td4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces a contrasting alternative to “taking a sword” (see [26:52](../26/52.md)). Jesus provides this alternative to show further that “taking a sword” is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an alternative, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As a matter of fact,” +26:53 eb7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular δοκεῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **you** is singular because Jesus is speaking to the man who drew his sword. +26:53 g3zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son. +26:53 tfw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων 1 The word **legions** is a military term. Each legion is a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Here Jesus means that God could send a large number of **angels** and easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable military term in your language or a more general term. Alternate translation: “more than 12 regiments of angels” or “more than 12 large groups of angels” +26:54 teq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciple about why he is acting as he does. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then the scriptures would not be fulfilled, that it is necessary to happen in this way.” or “Then the scriptures would certainly not be fulfilled, that it is necessary to happen in this way!” +26:54 gew5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, the word **then** introduces what the result would be if Jesus did what he said he could do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of result. Alternate translation: “Were I to do that, then how” +26:54 xqpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “would I fulfill the scriptures” +26:54 gih7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “which indicate that it is necessary for things to happen in this way” +26:55 hc33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Here, the word **hour** refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “At that moment” or “Then” +26:55 yf4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the **crowds** for how they have acted. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It was not necessary for you to come out as against a robber, bringing swords and clubs to seize me.” or “There was no reason for you to come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as if I were a robber!” +26:55 l25j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν 1 Jesus is saying that the crowds are acting like he is a dangerous **robber** because they have come to arrest him with many weapons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As you arm yourselves to seize a robber,” or “As if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force” +26:55 l597 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξήλθατε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “have you gone out” +26:55 q9vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 See how you translated **clubs** in [26:47](../26/47.md). Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people” +26:55 xvge rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἐκαθεζόμην διδάσκων 1 In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually sat down when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the connection between **sitting** and **teaching** more explicit. Alternate translation: “I was sitting in the temple to teach” or “I was sitting as a teacher in the temple, instructing people” +26:55 e8dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Here Matthew means that Jesus entered into the **temple** area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” +26:56 fuy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο & ὅλον γέγονεν 1 The pronoun **this** refers to the events that have just occurred, particularly the crowd arresting Jesus once Judas handed him over. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these events more directly. Alternate translation: “all these events have happened” or “what just occurred has happened” +26:56 wabz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 Here, the phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) a result from what **has happened**. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for what **has happened**. Alternate translation: “in order that” +26:56 ygn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might fulfill the writings of the prophets” +26:56 fb46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the writings of the prophets** refers to those parts of the Old Testament Scriptures in which **the prophets** wrote about what would happen to the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the prophets wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” +26:57 qtqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +26:57 gy6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὸς Καϊάφαν 1 Here, **Caiaphas** represents the house where Caiaphas lived. This is clear from the word **where** in this verse, which refers to a place, not a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the house of Caiphas” +26:57 y2oz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered” or “came together” +26:58 lpw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Matthew narrated in the previous verse (Jesus being led to the house of Caiaphas). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “While that was happening,” +26:58 jui3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν 1 Here Matthew implies that **Peter** followed **from a distance** because he did not want anyone to see him and arrest him too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “But Peter, because he did not want to be seen and arrested, was following him from a distance. He went” +26:58 v8th rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν ὑπηρετῶν 1 Here, the word **officers** refers to servants and attendants in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that generally refers to servants and any others who do what they are told. Alternate translation: “the attendants” or “those who served there” +26:58 j28a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 Here, the word **end** refers to the outcome or result of what was happening to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the outcome” or “the result of what was happening” +26:59 utj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Next,” +26:59 i8jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐζήτουν ψευδομαρτυρίαν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here Matthew means that the **chief priests** and the **Sanhedrin** were trying find evidence against Jesus, even if it was **false**. In other words, they needed to find people who were willing to say that Jesus had done something very wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “were seeking evidence against Jesus, even false evidence,” or “were seeking proof, even if it were not true, that Jesus had done something wrong”\n +26:59 qto5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ψευδομαρτυρίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone to testify falsely” +26:59 b88v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 Here Matthew implies that the **chief priests** and the **Sanhedrin** want to convince the Roman authorities to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might have the Romans put him to death” +26:59 u6v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὅπως αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed” 26:59 dpr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 Because the Roman authorities did not allow the **Sanhedrin** to execute people, the **Sanhedrin** had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might convince the Roman authorities to put him to death” -26:60 v9j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχ εὗρον, πολλῶν προσελθόντων ψευδομαρτύρων 1 Matthew implies that what the **many false witnesses** said was not sufficient to condemn Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “though many false witnesses came forward, they found none whose testimony was sufficient to condemn Jesus” -26:61 a8lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 If a direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This one said that he was able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days” -26:61 i5n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος ἔφη 1 Matthew records these men saying **This one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “This so-and-so” -26:63 mr6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, ἵνα ἡμῖν εἴπῃς εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The **high priest** is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “I command you by the living God: tell us if you are the Christ, the Son of God!” -26:63 eicy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 This phrase indicates that **the high priest** wants **Jesus** to swear solemnly with God as a witness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the living God as your witness” -26:63 lry9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 See how you translated this phrase in [16:16](../16/16.md). +26:60 v9j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast πολλῶν προσελθόντων ψευδομαρτύρων 1 Here Matthew describes something that is unexpected in a situation where the Jewish council **did not find** any good evidence against Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “despite the fact that many false witnesses approached” +26:60 anpb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὕστερον 1 Here, the word **later** indicates that these **two** witnesses approached the council after the **many false witnesses** described in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “after all those false witnesses,” +26:60 tz5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δύο 1 Matthew is using the number **two** as a noun to mean two people. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “two witnesses” +26:61 a8lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This one said that he was able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days” +26:61 i5n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 Here, the phrase **in three days** refers to a time period made up of three days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “during a period of three days” +26:62 fpzy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ, τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν 1 Here the high priest could be asking: (1) two questions. See the ULT and UST. (2) one question. Alternate translation: “Do you answer nothing to what these are testifying against you” +26:62 sd8e οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ 1 Alternate translation: “Do you have no answer” +26:62 tgfm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀποκρίνῃ & σου 1 Since the high priest is talking to Jesus, the word **you** is singular throughout this verse. +26:62 gjxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν 1 Here the high priest is asking Jesus how he will defend himself against the people who have accused him of saying and doing wrong things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What is your defense against these testifying against you” +26:63 mr6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 Here the high priests puts Jesus under oath, or makes him swear by God that what he says is true. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “I make you swear before the living God” or “I require that you solemnly promise the living God” +26:63 o4sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σε & εἴπῃς & σὺ 1 Since the high priest is talking to Jesus, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular. +26:63 eicy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 Here, the phrase **the living God** identifies God as the one who “lives.” The primary point is that God actually “lives,” unlike idols and other things that people call “god.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that emphasizes that God really “lives.” Alternate translation: “by the God who lives” or “by the true God” +26:63 fegc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἡμῖν εἴπῃς εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here the high priest uses the statement form to ask a question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in question form. Alternate translation: “you answer this question: Are you the Christ, the Son of God?” 26:63 zx9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to the **high priest** and the rest of the Jewish council, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. -26:63 mm28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. +26:63 mm28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father. 26:64 tbl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” -26:64 gi6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 See how you translated this in [26:25](../26/25.md). -26:64 zu47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε 1 Here, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other people who were present. -26:64 ll8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἄρτι 1 The phrase **from now on** could be: (1) an idiom that refers to some time in the future. Alternate translation: “in the future” (2) from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward. Alternate translation: “hereafter” -26:64 b6cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man,” -26:64 p5px rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς δυνάμεως 1 Here, **the Power** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” -26:64 cui7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 To sit **at the right hand** of God is a symbolic act of receiving great honor and authority from God. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what sitting at the right hand of someone meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “sitting in a place of honor beside the Power” or “sitting in a place of honor next to the Power” -26:64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven” -26:65 srg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what tearing one’s clothes meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “tore his garments in outrage” -26:65 t68t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 The **high priest** is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not have need of any more witnesses!” -26:65 wh4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 The **high priest** uses the term **Behold** to get the Jewish council to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” +26:64 gi6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 Here, much as in [26:25](../26/25.md), the phrase **You said {it}** indicates that the speaker acknowledges the truth of what the other person said. Jesus uses this phrase to indirectly indicate that the high priest is right to suggest that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that gives an indirect positive response to a request. If necessary, you could express the idea more directly, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “That is what you say” or “Your words show what is true” +26:64 ni8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὺ 1 Since Jesus is speaking to the high priest, word **You** here is singular. +26:64 zu47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast πλὴν 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus wishes to say about himself in further development of what the high priest suggested. The word thus indicates some contrast and some explanation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that a person would use to clarify or develop another person’s statement. Alternate translation: “Yet even further,” or “Nevertheless,” +26:64 z4gs λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is telling the Jewish council. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know” +26:64 akmy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν & ὄψεσθε 1 Since Jesus is speaking to the whole Jewish council, the words **you** and **you** here are plural. +26:64 b6cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, who am the Son of Man,” +26:64 r60p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses the phrase to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” +26:64 tya1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν 1 When someone sits at **the right hand**, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Sit to rule at the right hand” or “Take the place of honor and authority at the right hand” +26:64 j93m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 Here, the phrase **at the right hand** refers to the place next to a person’s **right hand**, which would be the “right side.” In the Jesus’ culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Jesus has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at the right side of power” or “at the honorable place of power” +26:64 p5px rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 Here, the word **power** could refer to: (1) the **power** that a person sitting at **the right hand** has. In this case, Jesus implies that the **right hand** is God’s. Alternate translation: “at the right hand with power” or “at the right hand of God, the place of power,” (2) God the Father by reference to the **power** that he has. Alternate translation: “at the right hand of the powerful God” or “at the right hand the Almighty” +26:64 v9mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, and if you do not translate the word as a title for God, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at the right hand, which is a powerful place,” or “powerfully at the right hand” +26:64 urp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐρχόμενον 1 Christians debate exactly what it means in this verse for **the Son of Man** to be **coming**. Some think he is **coming** to God’s heavenly throne room. Others think he is **coming** back to earth. If possible, use a form that does not explicitly state where he is coming. Alternate translation: “traveling” or “going” +26:64 r9n8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The expression **of heaven** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the clouds” +26:65 srg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “tore his robes in outrage” +26:65 zyr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared” +26:65 t68t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 The high priest is using the question form to emphatically state that he thinks that they do not need more witnesses. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We do not still have need of witnesses.” or “We certainly do not still have need of witnesses!” +26:65 khxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 1 Here the high priest implies that they do not need more **witnesses** to prove that Jesus blasphemes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “need of witnesses to prove that he blasphemes” +26:65 wh4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the Jewish council and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention:” +26:65 yp78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “him blaspheme” or “the blasphemous things he says” +26:66 sd3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ 1 Here the high priest is asking the rest of the Jewish council what they **think** they should do with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What do you think we should do with him” 26:66 mzcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “He deserves to die” -26:68 f2bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony προφήτευσον ἡμῖν 1 Those people hitting Jesus did not believe that he was a real prophet and could **Prophesy**. When they demanded that Jesus **Prophesy**, they were challenging him to do something they believed he could not do. They were only asking Jesus to **Prophesy** in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Prove that you really are a prophet and prophesy” or “Prophesy, if you really are a prophet” -26:68 b5xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Χριστέ 1 Those hitting Jesus did not really think he is the **Christ**. They call him this to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you so-called Christ” or “you who claim to be the Christ” -26:69 y21l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:69–75](../26/69.md) is a new event that happened around the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Around that time” -26:70 sp1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις 1 Peter used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus. This does not mean that Peter was unable to understand what the servant girl said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have no idea what you are talking about!” -26:71 gyw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν πυλῶνα 1 This **gateway** was an opening in the wall that went around the courtyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gateway of the courtyard” +26:67 t8lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would spit in someone’s face to insult that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “they spit in his face to dishonor him” +26:67 bt9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐνέπτυσαν & οἱ 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **they** refer to people who were there. Matthew may be referring to some members of the Jewish council, some of the people that Peter was sitting with, and other people who were in or near the house of the high priest. If possible use a general word or phrase that refers to some of the people who were there. Alternate translation: “some people spit … they” or “some of those present spit … they” +26:68 j1ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” +26:68 f2bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony προφήτευσον ἡμῖν 1 Those people hitting Jesus did not believe that he really could **Prophesy**. When they demanded that Jesus **Prophesy**, they were challenging him to do something they believed he could not do. They were only asking Jesus to **Prophesy** in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Show us that you can prophesy” or “Prophesy to us if you really can” +26:68 josi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular προφήτευσον & σε 1 Since the people are talking to Jesus, the command **Prophesy** and the word **you** are singular. +26:68 b5xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Χριστέ 1 Those hitting Jesus did not really think he is the **Christ**. They call him this to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you so-called Christ” or “you who call yourself Christ” +26:68 e90n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε 1 The people who hit Jesus do not expect Jesus to be able to answer their question. They are really using the question form to give a command, to tell Jesus what he should do if he wants to convince them that he is a prophet. So, if it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell us who hit you!” +26:69 y21l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Matthew narrated in [26:59–68](../26/59.md) (Jesus’ trial). This story continues the narrative about Peter that Matthew began in [26:58](../26/58.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “During those events,” or “While that was happening,”\n +26:69 sar9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγουσα 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and she declared” +26:69 cg8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ σὺ ἦσθα μετὰ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here the servant girl means that Peter was a disciple of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You also were a disciple of Jesus” +26:69 y5sa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὺ 1 Since the servant girl is talking to Peter, the word **You** here is singular. +26:70 fez5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & ἠρνήσατο 1 Here Matthew implies that Peter **denied** that he was with Jesus as his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he denied that he was with Jesus” +26:70 f5n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 Matthew is using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all the people who were there. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all the people there” +26:70 nomz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared” +26:70 sp1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις 1 Here Peter means that servant girl’s words do not apply to him. He does not mean that he was unable to understand what the servant girl said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You are saying things that I know nothing about.” or “I have no idea what you are talking about!” +26:70 ao7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular λέγεις 1 Since Peter is talking to the servant girl, the word **you** here is singular. +26:71 gyw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +26:71 us6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλη 1 Matthew is using the adjective **another** as a noun to mean another servant girl. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “another servant girl” 26:71 s7c4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” -26:72 e5xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, the phrase **with an oath** means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by swearing, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man” or “by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man’” -26:73 hde3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from among his disciples” -26:73 w8ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why these people thought Peter was one of Jesus’ disciples. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason. Alternate translation: “since” -26:73 o4oe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ 1 This phrase implies that Peters **speech** had an accent like the accent of someone from Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way you speak makes it evident that you are from Galilee” -26:74 edd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταθεματίζειν 1 Here, the phrase **to curse** means “to invoke a curse from God upon oneself.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to invoke God’s curse upon himself if what he was saying was not true” or “to ask God to curse him if what he was saying was false” or “to invoke God’s destruction upon himself if what he was saying was false” -26:74 zo05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, the phrase **to swear** means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to swear by saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” or “to promise by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” -26:74 w87b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 See how you translated **rooster** and “crow” in [26:34](../26/34.md). -26:75 nx3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had told him that before a rooster crowed, he would deny him three times” -26:75 nn5o πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 See how you translated this statement in [26:34](../26/34.md). -26:75 rgvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν ἔξω 1 This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely **outside** the house of the high priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter went out of the courtyard and away from the house” +26:71 j9ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος ἦν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here the servant girl means that Peter was a disciple of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar clause in [26:69](../26/69.md). Alternate translation: “This one was a disciple of Jesus” +26:72 ro88 ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα 1 Alternate translation: “he denied it, ‘I swear that I do not know” +26:72 kq6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου 1 Here Matthew implies that Peter again **denied** that he was with Jesus as his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar idea in [26:70](../26/70.md). Alternate translation: “he denied with an oath that he was with Jesus” +26:73 a9wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +26:73 w8ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἀληθῶς καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ, καὶ γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Your speech makes you evident, so we know truly that you also are from them” +26:73 mbho rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὺ & σου & σε 1 Because these people are talking to Peter, the words **you** and **your** throughout this verse are singular. +26:73 hde3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the disciples more directly. Alternate translation: “from Jesus’ disciples” or “one of his disciples” +26:73 o4oe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ 1 This phrase implies that Peter’s **speech** had an accent like the accent of someone from Galilee, where Jesus was from. The people who are talking with people think that this makes it **evident** that he is one of Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “your speech makes it evident that you are from Galilee” or “how you talk makes it clear that you come from where Jesus is from” +26:74 sy7f τότε ἤρξατο καταθεματίζειν καὶ ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα 1 Alternate translation: “Then he said, ‘I call a curse down on myself and swear that I do not know” +26:74 edd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταθεματίζειν 1 Here, the phrase **to curse** could mean that: (1) Peter asks God to curse him if he is lying. Alternate translation: “to ask God to curse him if was speaking falsely” or “to invoke a curse on himself” (2) Peter curses Jesus. Alternate translation: “to curse Jesus” +26:74 w87b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 See how you translated **rooster** and “crow” in [26:34](../26/34.md). Alternate translation: “a bird began to sing” +26:75 butr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, **word** represents what Jesus just said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ statement” or “the words of Jesus” +26:75 nx3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “that he had said that before a rooster crowed, he would deny him three times” +26:75 nn5o πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 This clause is identical to what Jesus said in [26:34](../26/34.md), so express the idea as you did there.\n +26:75 r39l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 Since Jesus had said this to Peter, the word **you** here is singular. +26:75 rgvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν ἔξω 1 This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely **outside** the area where the house of the high priest was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having gone out of the courtyard and away from the house” +26:75 hjr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come” 27:intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”\n\nThe curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly, because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([27:60](../27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nIn [27:28–29](../27/28.md) the soldiers were insulting Jesus when they put a “scarlet robe” on him, placed a “crown of thorns” on his head, said, “Hail, King of the Jews,” and knelt down in front of him. These actions were symbolic of things that people would do to honor a king, but the soldiers did not really believe that Jesus was a king. By pretending that they thought Jesus was a king, and by putting a “crown of thorns” on Jesus’ head instead of a regular crown, and by spitting on him and “striking him on his head” (See: [27:30](../27/30.md)) the soldiers showed that they did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Golgotha\n\nThe word “Golgotha” is an Aramaic word. Matthew used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them it meant “Place of a Skull.” You may also use the letters of your language to express the sound of this Aramaic word. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?\n\nThis is an Aramaic phrase. Matthew used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” You may also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) 27:1 qe1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a new event that happened right after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” 27:1 cm46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 Because the Roman authorities did not allow the Jewish leaders to execute people, the Jewish leaders had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so as to convince the Roman authorities to put him to death” From a69ab84ccaebc40673a66fa0ed41efdec9aee004 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "jzavodney.uW" Date: Thu, 20 Jul 2023 20:21:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 2/5] Merge jzavodney.uW-tc-create-1 into master by jzavodney.uW (#3392) --- tn_NUM.tsv | 23 +++++++++++------------ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_NUM.tsv b/tn_NUM.tsv index db72a880fe..844445cf15 100644 --- a/tn_NUM.tsv +++ b/tn_NUM.tsv @@ -1,14 +1,15 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Numbers\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n * Regulations (5:1–6:27)\n * Dedicating the altar (7:1–89)\n * Setting up the lampstand (8:1–4)\n * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)\n * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)\n1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)\n * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)\n * The quails (11:16–35)\n * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)\n * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)\n * Commands (15:1–41)\n * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)\n1. The Priests and purifying (18:1–19:22)\n * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)\n * The law about purifying (19:1–22)\n1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)\n * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)\n * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)\n * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)\n1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)\n * Balaam (22:1–24:25)\n * Baal Peor (25:1–18)\n * The second counting (26:1–65)\n * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)\n * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)\n * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)\n * Midianite war (31:1–54)\n * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)\n * The people set up camp (33:1–56)\n * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)\n * Female heirs marry (36:1–13)\n\n### What is the Book of Numbers about?\n\nThe Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?\n\nThe people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?\n\nWhen an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead. -1:intro av14 0 # Numbers 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Leviticus.\n\n### Census\n\nThey counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100. +1:intro av14 0 Figu# Numbers 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Leviticus.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n\n### Census\n\nThey counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.\n\n## Repeated Phrases\n\nWhen the text uses **according to their clans, according to the house of their fathers**, the two phrases mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “according to their ancestry” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism) (See [1:2](../01/02/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\n**House of their fathers** could refer to: (1) the generic fathers and mothers from which each male descended. Alternate translation: "families" (2) specifically the 12 ancestral fathers of each Israelite tribe. Alternate translation: "their ancestral forefathers," (See [1:2](../01/02/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\nWhen the text uses a phrase like **the number of names**, **names** refers to people Moses would count ([1:2](../01/02/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md)) or had counted ([1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md)). Alternate translation: " the number of people" (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)\n\n**A son of 20 years** refers to a son who is at least 20 years old. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: "a man who is at least 20 years old" (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) (This phrase surfaces in [1:3](../01/03/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\nThe text uses larger numbers as being up or above smaller numbers. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from 20 years old and more” or “who is 20 years old or older” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) (This phrase surfaces in [1:3](../01/03/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\nThe text refers to a soldier by describing the action that characterizes a soldier, namely **one who goes out to war**. If your readers would not understand what this concept means in this context, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "one who can be a soldier" or "one who can fight in a war" (This phrase surfaces in [1:3](../01/03/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).) 1:1 u2p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֜י 1 The **second month** of the Hebrew calendar includes the last half of April and the first half of May on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. Therefore, you may want to provide the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar and the number of the day, which in this case is Iyar 1. Then, in a footnote, say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar. 1:1 owqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֜י & הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “of month two in year two” 1:2 m9tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שְׂא֗וּ אֶת־רֹאשׁ֙ 1 Here, **lift up the heads** means to count the men by recording their names. Alternate translation: “Count them, recording each man’s name” -1:2 jnhs אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 **House of their fathers** could refer to: (1) the generic fathers and mothers from which each male descended. Alternate translation: "families" (2) specifically the 12 ancestral fathers of each Israelite tribe. Alternate translation: "their ancestral forefathers," +1:2 jnhs אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the expression **house of their fathers** could refer to: (1) the generic fathers and mothers from which each male descended. Alternate translation: "families" (2) specifically the 12 ancestral fathers of each Israelite tribe. Alternate translation: "their ancestral forefathers," +1:2 dl47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֔וֹת 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, when the text uses a phrase like **the number of names**, **names** refers to people Moses would count. Alternate translation: "the number of people" 1:2 po5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism לְ⁠גֻלְגְּלֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 Here, **according to their skulls** is referring to the whole male person by naming one part of his body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to their bodies,” -1:3 wtkl מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ 1 Here, **a son of 20 years** refers to a son who is at least 20 years old. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: "a son who is at least 20 years old" -1:3 p8dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה 1 The text uses larger numbers as being up or above smaller numbers. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from 20 years old and more” or “who is 20 years old or older” -1:3 pqtq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יֹצֵ֥א צָבָ֖א 1 Yahweh refers to a soldier by describing the action that characterizes a soldier, namely **one who goes out to war**. Alternate translation: "one who can be a soldier" or "one who can fight in a war" +1:3 wtkl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the expression **a son of 20 years** refers to a son who is at least 20 years old. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: "a man who is at least 20 years old" +1:3 p8dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה 1 The text uses larger numbers as being up or above smaller numbers. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is 20 years old or older” +1:3 pqtq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יֹצֵ֥א צָבָ֖א 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the text refers to a soldier by describing the action that characterizes a soldier, namely **one who goes out to war**. Alternate translation: "one who can be a soldier" or "one who can fight in a war" 1:3 tg9n לְ⁠צִבְאֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 **According to their armies** refers to separating the men Moses and Aaron will count into military divisions that the Israelites will follow when they fight in battle. Alternate translation: "by their military divisions" 1:4 qnse rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אִתְּ⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Here, **with you** refers specifically to these men helping Aaron count and lead the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: "And to assist you" or "And to help you" 1:4 j29v אִ֖ישׁ לַ⁠מַּטֶּ֑ה 1 **A man of the tribe** refers to a man who belongs to a certain tribe and further describes the men who will be with Aaron to help him. Additionally, this construction is singular but infers that every tribe will have one man to lead it. Alternative translation: "one man from each tribe" @@ -47,13 +48,11 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 1:18 aj18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis בְּ⁠אֶחָד֙ 1 The object **1** is modifying is not specified, but “day” is the understood object. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “day one” 1:18 o6il rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “of month two” (See [Numbers 1:1](../01/01.md) for another example). 1:18 nt8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism עַל־מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 **In accordance with their clans** and **according to the house of their fathers** mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “according to their ancestry” -1:18 l763 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֗וֹת 1 **By the number of the names** communicates that Moses and Aaron declared the ancestry by counting each person. Alternate translation: "by counting each one" -1:18 no7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שֵׁמ֗וֹת 1 Here, "the names" represents the people who belong to those names. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people” -1:18 ku8z מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֛ה 1 Here, **a son of 20 years** refers to a son who is at least 20 years old. See [1:3](../01/01.md) for translation details. -1:18 wfe4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֛ה וָ⁠מַ֖עְלָ⁠ה 1 The text uses larger numbers as being up or above smaller numbers. See [1:3](../01/01.md) for more information on translating this phrase. -1:18 avnc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism לְ⁠גֻלְגְּלֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 Here, **according to their skulls** is referring to the whole male person by naming one part of his body. See [1:2](../01/01.md) for translation details. -1:20 n9s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive were counted all the names 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they counted all the names” -1:20 m8sv able to go to war 0 Alternate translation: “who was able to go to war” +1:18 l763 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֗וֹת 1 See how you translated the phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). +1:18 ku8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֛ה 1 See how you translated the phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md). +1:18 wfe4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֛ה וָ⁠מַ֖עְלָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated the phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md). +1:18 avnc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism לְ⁠גֻלְגְּלֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated the phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). +1:20 n9s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־רְאוּבֵן֙ 1 **The sons of Reuben** means sons whose ancestor is Reuben. Alternate translation: “the sons whose ancestor is Reuben” 1:21 v8dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 46,500 men 0 Alternate translation: “forty-six thousand five hundred men” 1:22 yd37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive were counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” 1:23 g5ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 59,300 men 0 Alternate translation: “fifty-nine thousand three hundred men” From 5a0bf4d4d8ad05d0099b3357b7a988197ef6aec0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 20 Jul 2023 20:39:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 3/5] Merge Grant_Ailie-tc-create-1 into master by Grant_Ailie (#3387) --- tn_SNG.tsv | 88 +++++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------------- 1 file changed, 40 insertions(+), 48 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_SNG.tsv b/tn_SNG.tsv index 3b461f8cee..870e085fe2 100644 --- a/tn_SNG.tsv +++ b/tn_SNG.tsv @@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 2:3 eogn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֵּ֣ין הַ⁠בָּנִ֑ים 1 Here, the phrase **the sons** refers to the other young men. In the previous verse the man compared the woman to the other “daughters” (young women). Here the woman compares the man she loves to the other young men, whom she calls **the sons**. If it would help your readers you could indicate explicitly what **the sons** means here. Alternate translation: “among the other young men” or “when compared to all the other men” 2:3 pii3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠צִלּ⁠וֹ֙ חִמַּ֣דְתִּי וְ⁠יָשַׁ֔בְתִּי וּ⁠פִרְי֖⁠וֹ מָת֥וֹק לְ⁠חִכִּֽ⁠י 1 Here the woman continues speaking of the man as if he were **an apple tree**. The word **shadow** refers to the shade of an apple tree which would give both protection from the sun and refreshment. To **sit** represents being near or in the presence of the man and his **fruit** being **sweet** means that he causes the woman to experience pleasurable feelings in a way that is comparable to eating sweet fruit. If it is possible in your language you should try to retain the images used here, or substitute a comparable image if needed. If you are not able to retain the metaphors without causing misunderstanding, you could use similes or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He provides me with refreshment and protection when I am in his presence, he gives me great pleasure” or “I sit in his presence and he refreshes and protects me, he is delightful to me like sweet fruit” 2:3 fkm3 בְּ⁠צִלּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 Alternate translation: “In his shade” +2:3 bfja חִמַּ֣דְתִּי 1 Alternate translation: “I passionately desired” 2:4 o9vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֱבִיאַ֨⁠נִי֙ 1 See how you translated the phrase “has brought me” in [1:4](../01/04.md). The original language word which the ULT translates here as **He brought me** could be describing: (1) a request or wish that the woman has and not something that has already happened. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “May he bring me” or ”I desire him to bring me” (2) an action that has already happened. Alternate translation: “He has brought me” 2:4 f7e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הֱבִיאַ֨⁠נִי֙ 1 Your language may say “took” rather than **brought** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “He took me” -2:3 bfja חִמַּ֣דְתִּי 1 Alternate translation: “I passionately desired” 2:4 ift6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠יָּ֔יִן 1 In the author’s culture the phrase **house of wine** was used to refer to a location that people went for the purpose of drinking wine. The phrase does not necessarily indicate a **house** or building so here it could be referring a private location that used as their meeting place, possibly the “house” (location) where they spent time together in the forest (described in [1:17](../01/17.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly or use a general expression that allows for either meaning. Alternate translation: “the place where wine is drunk” or ”the place where wine is served” or ”our meeting place” 2:4 hxuz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠יָּ֔יִן 1 Here, **house of wine** most likely does not refer to a literal **house of wine** but instead the woman is probably using this phrase to poetically describe a private meeting place where they could enjoy expressing their love for each other. She is describing their meeting place by using an image that was meaningful in that culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could retain the literal translation **house of wine** and explain the meaning in a footnote (if you are using them), or you could express the meaning using a different expression that is meaningful in your culture, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our meeting place so that we could enjoy our love” or ”the place where we could celebrate our love for each other” or ”the place where we could consummate our love” 2:4 rp8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠דִגְל֥⁠וֹ עָלַ֖⁠י אַהֲבָֽה 1 The woman is speaking of the man’s **love** for her as if it were a **banner**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he publicly displays his love for me and his intention is to protect me” or “and he covers me with his love” @@ -123,6 +123,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 2:5 y4qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כִּי־חוֹלַ֥ת אַהֲבָ֖ה אָֽנִי 1 The woman speaks of feeling **sick with love** because her feelings of love are so strong for the man that they overwhelm her body as if they were a kind of sickness. She is exaggerating in order to emphasize the strength of her feelings for the man. Alternate translation: “for my love for you is so strong that I feel as if I were sick with love” or “because my love for you overwhelms me like a sickness” 2:5 ijwy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אַהֲבָ֖ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form as modeled by the UST. 2:6 m6ys שְׂמֹאל⁠וֹ֙ תַּ֣חַת לְ⁠רֹאשִׁ֔⁠י וִ⁠ימִינ֖⁠וֹ תְּחַבְּקֵֽ⁠נִי 1 This verse could be describing: (1) an action that the man was doing in which case it should be translated in a similar way to the way that the ULT translates it. (2) a request or wish that the woman has and not something that has already happened. Alternate translation: “ I hope he puts his left arm under my head\nand holds me close with his right arm” or ”I want him to put his left arm under my head\nand hold me close with his right arm” +2:6 fq8w 0 Alternate translation: “holds me” 2:7 l67b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe הִשְׁבַּ֨עְתִּי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנ֤וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ 1 Here the author portrays the woman as speaking to the **daughters of Jerusalem** as if they were present and could hear her but most likely they are not present but rather the author is depicting the woman as addressing the **daughters of Jerusalem** as a poetic way of giving voice to the woman’s feelings. Because the author does this intentionally for poetic effect it is suggested that you do the same. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this in a footnote if you are using them. 2:7 f8kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula הִשְׁבַּ֨עְתִּי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֜ם…בִּ⁠צְבָא֔וֹת א֖וֹ בְּ⁠אַיְל֣וֹת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 **I adjure you** and the word **by** are both parts of Hebrew oath or promise formulas. You can use a natural way of making a promise in your culture that would be appropriate in this context. Alternate translation: “I urge you to promise me … with the female gazelles or the does of the field as our witnesses” or “Please, promise me … with the female gazelles or the does of the field as our witnesses” or “I want you to make an oath … with the female gazelles or the does of the field listening” 2:7 to30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּנ֤וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ 1 See how you translated the phrase **daughters of Jerusalem** in [1:5](../01/05.md). @@ -139,6 +140,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 2:8 tymi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מְדַלֵּג֙ עַל־ הֶ֣⁠הָרִ֔ים מְקַפֵּ֖ץ עַל־ הַ⁠גְּבָעֽוֹת 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The woman says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to give emphasis to what she is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing in your language, or if you do not have two words for steeply elevated inclines you could combine these two phrases and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “jumping over the mountains!” or “leaping over the hills!” 2:8-9 fr67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile מְדַלֵּג֙ עַל־הֶ֣⁠הָרִ֔ים מְקַפֵּ֖ץ עַל־הַ⁠גְּבָעֽוֹת & דּוֹמֶ֤ה דוֹדִ⁠י֙ לִ⁠צְבִ֔י א֖וֹ לְ⁠עֹ֣פֶר 1 The woman speaks of the man as if he were **a gazelle or a young stag**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “leaping over the mountains, jumping over the hills. My beloved is agile and fast and he exudes freedom and strength like a gazelle or a young stag” 2:8-9 gatn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מְדַלֵּג֙ עַל־הֶ֣⁠הָרִ֔ים מְקַפֵּ֖ץ עַל־הַ⁠גְּבָעֽוֹת דּוֹמֶ֤ה דוֹדִ⁠י֙ לִ⁠צְבִ֔י א֖וֹ לְ⁠עֹ֣פֶר 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “My beloved resembles a gazelle or a young stag, leaping over the mountains, jumping over the hills” or “My beloved is like a gazelle or a young stag, leaping over the mountains, jumping over the hills” +2:8 j2nl 0 This could mean: (1) “Listen carefully to what I am about to say.” You could use a word in your language that tells the hearer to listen carefully, or (2) “Listen so you can hear him coming.” 2:9 kq5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לִ⁠צְבִ֔י 1 See how you translated the plural form “gazelles” in [2:7](../02/07.md) and translate this word as the singular of “gazelles.” 2:9 qbs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָֽ⁠אַיָּלִ֑ים 1 A **stag** is a male deer. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “male deer” 2:9 s6z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation הִנֵּה־זֶ֤ה עוֹמֵד֙ 1 **Behold** is an exclamation word that is used to bring attention to something. Here it is used to draw attention to the man’s arrival. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language in this context. Alternate translation: “Look! Here he is! Standing” @@ -186,9 +188,9 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 3:1 gagz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo עַל־ מִשְׁכָּבִ⁠י֙ בַּ⁠לֵּיל֔וֹת 1 Because Bible scholars do not know if the events described in [3:1-4](../03/01.md) describe real events, things that happened in a dream or things the woman imagined, you should not expand on or explain the phrase **On my bed in the night** in the actual text of your translation (by adding a phrase like “I dreamed I was” or “I imagined I was”) though you may wish to use a header or a footnote. See the section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” in the Introduction to this chapter for more information. 3:1 eds0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural בַּ⁠לֵּיל֔וֹת 1 In the original language the phrase **in the night** uses a plural form of **night** and could mean: (1) that the woman sought the man during the night. Alternate translation: “during the night” (2) that the woman sought the man throughout the night. Alternate translation: “throughout the night” or “all night long” (3) that the woman sought the man on many nights. Alternate translation: “night after night” or “night upon night” 3:1 ks2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry בִּקַּ֕שְׁתִּי אֵ֥ת שֶׁ⁠אָהֲבָ֖ה נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י בִּקַּשְׁתִּ֖י⁠ו 1 The phrase **I sought him** is repeated for emphasis. Hebrew poetry often uses repetition for emphasis. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to show the emphasis here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “I desperately sought him whom my soul loves” or “I earnestly sought him whom my soul loves” +3:1 hu3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֵ֥ת שֶׁ⁠אָהֲבָ֖ה נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “you whom my soul loves” in [1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “him whom I love” 3:2 zqaa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָק֨וּמָה נָּ֜א 1 The woman is thinking or saying this to herself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly by beginning this section with an introductory phrase as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “I thought to myself, “I will get up now …’” 3:2 uyu7 וַ⁠אֲסוֹבְבָ֣ה בָ⁠עִ֗יר 1 Alternate translation: “and walk through the city” -3:1 hu3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֵ֥ת שֶׁ⁠אָהֲבָ֖ה נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “you whom my soul loves” in [1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “him whom I love” 3:2 x9ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠בָ֣⁠רְחֹב֔וֹת 1 The word **squares** refers to spacious open places where people gathered to sell things and conduct other business matters and handle legal matters. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of place, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and in the open plazas” or “and in the wide open places” 3:2 afu9 אֲבַקְשָׁ֕ה…בִּקַּשְׁתִּ֖י⁠ו 1 Alternate translation: “I will look for … I looked for him” 3:2 tqsh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֵ֥ת שֶׁ⁠אָהֲבָ֖ה נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “you whom my soul loves” in [1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “him whom I love” @@ -201,6 +203,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 3:4 zhgq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go שֶׁ֤⁠הֲבֵיאתִי⁠ו֙ 1 Your language may say “taken” rather than **brought** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I had taken him” 3:4 xfcj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שֶׁ֤⁠הֲבֵיאתִי⁠ו֙ אֶל־ בֵּ֣ית אִמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֶל־ חֶ֖דֶר הוֹרָתִֽ⁠י 1 These two phrases are parallel. The second phrase adds additional information to the first one. This is common in Hebrew poetry and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word such as “then” in order to show that the second phrase is adding additional information. Alternate translation: “I had brought him to the house of my mother\nand then to the room of the woman who had conceived me” 3:5 a3y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry הִשְׁבַּ֨עְתִּי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנ֤וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ בִּ⁠צְבָא֔וֹת א֖וֹ בְּ⁠אַיְל֣וֹת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה אִם־תָּעִ֧ירוּ ׀ וְֽ⁠אִם־תְּעֽוֹרְר֛וּ אֶת־הָ⁠אַהֲבָ֖ה עַ֥ד שֶׁ⁠תֶּחְפָּֽץ 1 This verse is identical to [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). Translate this verse exactly as you translated that verse. This verse is a refrain (a repeated phrase). Refrains are a common feature of poetry. This refrain closes section 2:8-3:5. +3:5 t61g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe 0 “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. 3:6 c84r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֣י זֹ֗את עֹלָה֙ מִן־הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר כְּ⁠תִֽימֲר֖וֹת עָשָׁ֑ן מְקֻטֶּ֤רֶת מוֹר֙ וּ⁠לְבוֹנָ֔ה מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אַבְקַ֥ת רוֹכֵֽל 1 Here, the phrase **Who is that** could: (1) be rhetorical question that is used to create a sense of expectation and interest. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) be a request for information. Alternate translation: “Who is it that I see arising from the wilderness like columns of smoke, fragrant smoke of myrrh and frankincense from all the powders of the merchant? ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 3:6 y8wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֹלָה֙ 1 The word **arising** is used by the author because the group of people described is traveling **from the wilderness** to Jerusalem. They must travel upward in elevation in order to reach Jerusalem because **the wilderness** is low in the Jordan valley and Jerusalem is built on hills and is therefore high. Use a word or phrase that expresses moving upward in elevation. Alternate translation: “moving upward” 3:6 si0q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit זֹ֗את עֹלָה֙ מִן־הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר 1 The word translated as **that** here could refer to: (1) Solomon’s “litter,” which is named in the following verse. Alternate translation: “is that group of people that is arising from the wilderness” (2) the woman. Alternate translation: “is this woman that is arising from the wilderness” @@ -209,6 +212,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 3:6 vbjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מְקֻטֶּ֤רֶת 1 The author is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “like fragrant smoke of” 3:6 w7kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מוֹר֙ 1 **myrrh** is a pleasant smelling ointment which is made from resin taken from the myrrh tree. If your readers would not be familiar **myrrh** you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternately, you could describe **myrrh** with a descriptive phrase and/or you could include a footnote explaining what myrrh is. Alternate translation: “the sweet smelling incense made from the resin of a myrrh tree” 3:6 i42j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אַבְקַ֥ת רוֹכֵֽל 1 The word translated as **from all** could: (1) be introducing **the powders of the merchant** as additional information about **myrrh and frankincense**. Alternate translation: “which are among the powders of the merchant” (2) indicate that **the powders of the merchant** are being introduced as additional things **the merchant** sells. Alternate translation: “and other powders of the merchants” +3:6 e1ly 0 # General Information:\n\nThe third part of the book begins here. It begins with a description of sixty men carrying Solomon’s bed up from the wilderness to Jerusalem. 3:7 ldh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation הִנֵּ֗ה 1 **Behold** is an exclamation that is being used to draw people’s attention to what was “arising from the wilderness”. Use an exclamation that would express that meaning in your language as modeled by the UST. 3:7 sa19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מִטָּת⁠וֹ֙ 1 A **litter** was a portable bed or couch that important people were carried on from place to place. It was carried by wooden poles that were attached to it. This **litter** probably had a canopy on top of it that functioned as a roof and curtains around it that could be opened and closed. If your readers would be unfamiliar with this term you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a descriptive phrase as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “portable couch” 3:7 ui2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִטָּת⁠וֹ֙ שֶׁ⁠לִּ⁠שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה 1 The phrase **his litter, which belongs to Solomon** could mean: (1) that the woman was riding on the **litter** which belonged to **Solomon** and which he had sent for her. The UST models this interpretation. (2) that **Solomon** himself was riding in the **litter**. Alternate translation: “Solomon riding in his royal portable chair” @@ -231,6 +235,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 3:11 sfn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בְּ⁠י֣וֹם חֲתֻנָּת֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠י֖וֹם שִׂמְחַ֥ת לִבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “on the day of his wedding, yes, on the day of the joy of his heart” 3:11 zhva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠י֖וֹם שִׂמְחַ֥ת לִבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “joyful” or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the day his heart was exceedingly joyful” or “on the day when his heart was very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 3:11 ei7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠י֖וֹם שִׂמְחַ֥ת לִבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Solomon’s inner being is being described by association with his **heart**, which the Jews viewed as being the center of a persons being and therefore the center of their mind and inner feelings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language as modeled by the UST. +3:11 sj76 gaze on King Solomon “look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling. 4:intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 4 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Beauty\n\nThe woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nIn the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “My sister, my bride”\nThe woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. 4:1 rg3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הִנָּ֨⁠ךְ יָפָ֤ה רַעְיָתִ⁠י֙ הִנָּ֣⁠ךְ יָפָ֔ה 1 See how you translated these two parallel phrases in [1:15](../01/15.md). 4:1 m3g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֵינַ֣יִ⁠ךְ יוֹנִ֔ים מִ⁠בַּ֖עַד לְ⁠צַמָּתֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Your eyes are doves** in [1:15](../01/15.md). @@ -240,45 +245,37 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 4:2 cqgq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַתְאִימ֔וֹת 1 Alternate translation: “give birth to twins” 4:2 jw1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile שֶׁ⁠כֻּלָּ⁠ם֙ מַתְאִימ֔וֹת וְ⁠שַׁכֻּלָ֖ה אֵ֥ין בָּ⁠הֶֽם 1 Here the woman’s teeth are being compared to a flock of female sheep which all have birthed twin lambs. The author is saying that in a similar way to how twin lambs have a matching sibling that resembles it so each of the woman’s teeth has a matching tooth on the other side of her mouth. She has not lost any of her teeth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. If it would help your readers you could also start a new sentence as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “As a flock of female sheep that has born twin lambs without losing any, so your mouth has its teeth, each with a match, and none of them are missing” 4:2 sb14 וְ⁠שַׁכֻּלָ֖ה אֵ֥ין בָּ⁠הֶֽם 1 Alternate translation: “and there is not one among them which has died” -4:3 t9kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile are like a thread of scarlet 0 Scarlet is a beautiful red color, and scarlet thread was very expensive. The woman’s lips were red. Alternate translation: “are a deep red like scarlet thread” or “are red and very beautiful” -4:3 v1ae scarlet 0 a dark red color that is very similar to the color of blood -4:3 q1mk is lovely 0 Alternate translation: “is beautiful” -4:3 j2a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile are like pomegranate halves 0 Pomegranates are smooth, round, and rich red. The man thinks the woman’s cheeks are beautiful and show that she is healthy. Alternate translation: “are red and round like two halves of a pomegranate” or “are red and full and healthy” -4:3 y47i behind your veil 0 See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:1](./01.md). -4:4 i3qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Your neck is like the tower of David 0 No one knows if this was a real tower. A tower is a tall, slender building, and saying that David built it implies that it was beautiful. The man considered the woman’s neck long and slender and so beautiful. Alternate translation: “Your neck is long and beautiful like the tower of David” -4:4 v4ae of David 0 Alternate translation: “that David built” -4:4 cq2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor built in rows of stone 0 Women had necklaces that covered their entire necks with rows of decorations. The man compares these rows of decorations with the rows of stone on the tower. Alternate translation: “that has many rows of stone” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -4:4 c4nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor with a thousand shields 0 The man compares the decorations of the woman’s necklace with shields hanging on the tower. The necklace probably went around her neck many times. -4:4 wgq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers a thousand shields 0 “1,000 shields.” -4:4 swd3 all the shields of soldiers 0 Alternate translation: “all of the shields belong to mighty warriors” -4:5 f8qi two breasts 0 If the word “two” seems unnecessary and so out of place, you could omit it. -4:5 ea9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile like two fawns, twins of a gazelle 1 The man implies that the woman’s breasts are matching, soft, and pleasant to look at. -4:5 wd7y twins 0 the babies of a mother who gave birth to two babies at one time -4:5 gu86 gazelle 0 an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). -4:5 p33d grazing among the lilies 0 “eating plants among the lilies.” While it is clear that the man “grazing among the lilies” is a metaphor for making love ([Song of Songs 2:16](../02/16.md)), it is not clear what these words refer to. It is best to translate them literally. -4:5 bb93 lilies 0 sweet-smelling flowers that grow in places where there is much water. Translate as the plural of “lily” in [Song of Songs 2:1](../02/01.md). -4:6 y1xu Until the dawn arrives and the shadows flee away 0 Translate similar wording in this line as you did the line in [Song of Songs 2:17](../02/16.md). -4:6 re83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I will go to the mountain of myrrh and to the hill of frankincense 0 The “mountain of myrrh” and “hill of frankincense” are metaphors for the woman’s breasts ([Song of Songs 1:13](../01/12.md)). Alternate translation: “I will lie close to your breasts, which are like mountains that smell like myrrh and frankincense” or “I will lie close to your breasts, which smell very sweet” or “I will go to the sweet-smelling mountains” -4:6 bm4n the mountain of myrrh 0 Alternate translation: “the mountain made of myrrh” or “the mountain that has myrrh growing on it” -4:6 ekc1 the hill of frankincense 0 Alternate translation: “the hill where there are clouds of smoke from burning frankincense in the air” -4:7 wt7k You are beautiful in every way 0 Alternate translation: “Every part of you is beautiful” or “All of you is beautiful” -4:7 l1xq my love 0 “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md). -4:7 ci96 there is no blemish in you 0 Alternate translation: “you have no blemish” -4:8 h4yw from Lebanon 0 Alternate translation: “away from Lebanon” -4:8 j8s2 my bride 0 This Hebrew word can refer to a woman who is married or to one whom a man has arranged to become his son’s wife. If your language has a polite word that a man would use to his wife and that has not been used yet in this book, you could use it here. Otherwise you could use any polite term a man would use with his wife. -4:8 m2km rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Amana 0 the name of a mountain north of Israel -4:8 ir9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Senir 0 the name of a mountain near Amana and Hermon. Some people think that this refers to the same mountain as Hermon. -4:8 ybd2 dens 0 places where lions and leopards live, like caves or holes in the ground -4:9 d7n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom You have stolen my heart 0 This idiom could mean: (1) “My heart now belongs completely to you” or (2) “I strongly desire to make love to you” -4:9 vdf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom my sister 0 This is an idiom of affection. They are not actually brother and sister. Alternate translation: “my dear” or “my darling” -4:9 k4ah my bride 0 This Hebrew word can refer to a woman who is married or to one whom a man has arranged to become his son’s wife. If your language has a polite word that a man would use to his wife and that has not been used yet in this book, you could use it here. Otherwise you could use any polite term a man would use with his wife. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:8](./08.md). -4:9 d83s heart, with just one look at me, with just one jewel 0 “heart. All you have to do is look at me once or show me just one jewel.” Both the woman’s eyes and her jewelry attract the man to her. -4:9 laj2 necklace 0 This necklace probably went around her neck many times ([Song of Songs 4:4](./04.md)). -4:10 g6qt How beautiful is your love 0 Alternate translation: “Your love is wonderful” -4:10 v1gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom my sister 0 This is an idiom of affection. They are not actually brother and sister. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:9](./08.md). Alternate translation: “my dear” or “my darling” -4:10 ibb8 my bride 0 This Hebrew word can refer to a woman who is married or to one whom a man has arranged to become his son’s wife. If your language has a polite word that a man would use to his wife and that has not been used yet in this book, you could use it here. Otherwise you could use any polite term a man would use with his wife. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:9](./08.md). -4:10 td9x How much better is your love than wine 0 “Your love is much better than wine.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Song of Songs 1:2](../01/01.md). -4:10 ts8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis the fragrance of your perfume than any spice 0 The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “how much better is the fragrance of your perfume than the fragrance of any spice” +4:3 t9kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּ⁠ח֤וּט הַ⁠שָּׁנִי֙ שִׂפְתֹתַ֔יִ⁠ךְ 1 **Scarlet** is a term that describes a bright red color. The woman’s lips were a beautiful red color. The woman’s lips are being compared to the color of scarlet thread and not to the thinness of the thread. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Also, if it would help your readers you could use a term for a material that is thicker than **thread** such as ribbon. Alternate translation: “Your lips are a beautiful red like scarlet thread” or “Your lips are a beautiful red like scarlet ribbon” +4:3 x68e כְּ⁠פֶ֤לַח הָֽ⁠רִמּוֹן֙ רַקָּתֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 The term translated as **cheeks** could refer to: (1) the **woman’s two cheeks** on the side of her mouth as rendered by the ULT. (2) the woman’s two temples on the side of her forehead. Alternate translation: “Like a slice of pomegranate are your temples” (3) the woman’s forehead. Alternate translation: “Like a slice of pomegranate is your forehead” +4:3 j2a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּ⁠פֶ֤לַח הָֽ⁠רִמּוֹן֙ רַקָּתֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 This comparison could be comparing: (1) the shape of the woman’s **cheeks** to the shape of a **pomegranate** which has been sliced in half and to the outside color of a **pomegranate** (which is the color red). Alternate translation: “Your cheeks are red and rounded like a slice of pomegranate” or “Your cheeks resemble the color and shape of a slice of pomegranate” (or if you decided that the term **cheek** refers to the woman’s temples “Your temples are red like a slice of pomegranate”) (2) the way the woman’s cheeks looked through the inside of the veil to the color and pattern of the inside of a pomegranate which has been sliced in half. Alternate translation: “Your cheeks resemble the color and pattern of the inside of a slice of pomegranate” (or if you decided that the term **cheeks** refers to the woman’s temples “Your temples are the color of the inside of a slice of pomegranate”) +4:3 y47i מִ⁠בַּ֖עַד לְ⁠צַמָּתֵֽ⁠ךְ 1 See how you translated the phrase **from behind your veil** in [4:1](../04/01.md). +4:4 i3qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּ⁠מִגְדַּ֤ל דָּוִיד֙ צַוָּארֵ֔⁠ךְ בָּנ֖וּי לְ⁠תַלְפִּיּ֑וֹת 1 The woman’s **neck** is being compared to **the tower of David** which was a tall fortress **built of layers** or rows. A long neck was considered beautiful in the authors culture. King David built some of his towers of beautiful white marble rock. It is probable that this tower was made from white marble rock since this tower is being used here in comparison with the beauty of the woman’s neck. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “Your neck is long and beautiful like the tower of David” or “Your neck is beautiful like the tower of David” +4:4 gvns rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כְּ⁠מִגְדַּ֤ל דָּוִיד֙ 1 The **tower of David** was a tall building that was built for defense. Towers were significantly taller than other buildings and often built more narrow so that they were not wide. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of structure, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “Like the tall, narrow defense structure of David is” or “Like David’s tall thin rock defense building is” +4:4 v4ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בָּנ֖וּי לְ⁠תַלְפִּיּ֑וֹת 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that David instructed men to build it. Alternate translation: “that men built in layers” or “which David instructed men to build of layers” or “that David had men build of layers” +4:4 vwef בָּנ֖וּי לְ⁠תַלְפִּיּ֑וֹת 1 Alternate translation: “built using rows of stones” +4:4 c4nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile אֶ֤לֶף הַ⁠מָּגֵן֙ תָּל֣וּי עָלָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל שִׁלְטֵ֥י הַ⁠גִּבּוֹרִֽים 1 In the authors culture it was a common practice to hang **shields** on walls as decorations. Here, the man compares the beauty of the woman’s neck with shields hanging on the tower. This comparison probably included the decorations of the woman’s necklaces which probably went around her neck many times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “The beauty of your neck jeweled in necklaces is like a thousand warriors shields hanging from a tower” +4:4 byh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אֶ֤לֶף 1 In the authors culture the number **a thousand** was often used to represent a very large, but not precise, amount. This is how the number is being used here. Alternate translation: “many” or “with many” +4:4 swd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֶ֤לֶף הַ⁠מָּגֵן֙ תָּל֣וּי עָלָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל שִׁלְטֵ֥י הַ⁠גִּבּוֹרִֽים 1 The phrase **all the shields of the warriors** is parallel to the statement **a thousand shields hanging on it** and adds the additional information that the **shields** belonged to **warriors**. Hebrew poetry often used this kind of parallel statement, in which the second line gives additional information, so it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect these two parallel phrases with “each of which” or “each one” in order to show that the second phrase is not repeating the first one, but rather is saying something additional. Alternate translation: “a thousand shields hanging on it, each of which belongs to the warriors” or “a thousand shields hanging on it, each one belonging to the warriors” +4:5 ea9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile שְׁנֵ֥י שָׁדַ֛יִ⁠ךְ כִּ⁠שְׁנֵ֥י עֳפָרִ֖ים תְּאוֹמֵ֣י צְבִיָּ֑ה הָ⁠רוֹעִ֖ים בַּ⁠שּׁוֹשַׁנִּֽים 1 Here, the man compares the woman’s **two breasts** to two young twin gazelles that are grazing. The context does not explicitly indicate how exactly the woman’s **two breasts** are like two young gazelles so you could simply say that they resemble young gazelles or if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a general point of comparison such as their beauty as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Your two breasts resemble two young twin gazelles grazing among lilies” +4:5 gu86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown צְבִיָּ֑ה 1 See how you translated the plural form “gazelles” in [2:7](../02/07.md). +4:5 bb93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַּ⁠שּׁוֹשַׁנִּֽים 1 See how you translated the singular form “lily” in [2:1](../02/01.md). +4:6 y1xu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification עַ֤ד שֶׁ⁠יָּפ֨וּחַ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם וְ⁠נָ֖סוּ הַ⁠צְּלָלִ֑ים 1 See how you translated the phrase **Until the day breathes and the shadows flee** in [2:17](../02/17.md). +4:6 xt1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go אֵ֤לֶךְ לִ⁠י֙ 1 Your language may say “come” rather than **go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I myself will come” +4:6 yze6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠מּ֔וֹר 1 See how you translated **myrrh** in [1:13](../01/13.md). +4:6 re83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֵ֤לֶךְ לִ⁠י֙ אֶל־הַ֣ר הַ⁠מּ֔וֹר וְ⁠אֶל־גִּבְעַ֖ת הַ⁠לְּבוֹנָֽה 1 The phrases **the mountain of myrrh** and **the hill of frankincense** are both metaphors that refer to the woman’s “breasts” (mentioned in the previous verse). The man is discreetly indicating that the woman’s breasts are pleasant smelling and that he wants to enjoy them (The man and the woman are now married). It would be good to retain this discreet and beautiful poetic imagery if possible. If you are using footnotes you could indicate what these two metaphors mean there. If you decide that it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning using a simile. Alternate translation: “I myself will go to your breasts which are like two sweet-smelling mountains” or “I myself will be close to your breasts, which are like two pleasant smelling hills” +4:7 wt7k כֻּלָּ֤⁠ךְ יָפָה֙ 1 Alternate translation: “Every part of you is beautiful” +4:8 ojmm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אִתִּ֤⁠י מִ⁠לְּבָנוֹן֙ כַּלָּ֔ה אִתִּ֖⁠י מִ⁠לְּבָנ֣וֹן תָּב֑וֹאִי תָּשׁ֣וּרִי ׀ מֵ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ אֲמָנָ֗ה מֵ⁠רֹ֤אשׁ שְׂנִיר֙ וְ⁠חֶרְמ֔וֹן מִ⁠מְּעֹנ֣וֹת אֲרָי֔וֹת מֵֽ⁠הַרְרֵ֖י נְמֵרִֽים 1 This entire verse is a metaphor. This is poetry and the author is not literally indicating that the woman is physically in the mountains and near wild and dangerous animals. Rather, the that author is using this metaphor to express the man’s feelings regarding being physically distant from the woman and his strong desire to have the woman near him and away from anything that could harm her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly using a simile as modeled by the UST. +4:8 h4yw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go אִתִּ֤⁠י…תָּב֑וֹאִי 1 Your language may say “come” rather than **go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Go with me … go” +4:8 hwn4 תָּשׁ֣וּרִי 1 The word translated as **Descend** here could mean: (1 to come down from a height. If you choose this meaning you can follow the model of the ULT and UST. Alternate translation: “Climb down” (2) to bend down and look. Alternate translation: “Bend down and look” +4:8 m2km rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ אֲמָנָ֗ה מֵ⁠רֹ֤אשׁ שְׂנִיר֙ וְ⁠חֶרְמ֔וֹן 1 **Hermon** is a mountain range in northern Israel and **Amana** and **Senir** are both mountain peaks. +4:8 l03h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מִ⁠מְּעֹנ֣וֹת אֲרָי֔וֹת מֵֽ⁠הַרְרֵ֖י נְמֵרִֽים 1 These two phrases mean very similar things. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same general idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one as modeled by the UST. +4:9 d7n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִבַּבְתִּ֖⁠נִי…לִבַּבְתִּ֨י⁠נִי֙ 1 The phrase translated as **you have enchanted my heart** is an idiom which could mean: (1) to steal or capture a persons heart. In Jewish thinking the **heart** was the center of a persons thinking. To capture a persons **heart** probably also had the added meaning of causing them to be so in love that they could not think clearly because they were so overcome with feelings of love. Alternate translation: “You have captured my heart … you have captured my heart” or “It is as though you have captured my heart … it is as though you have captured my heart” or “You have made me feel so in love with you that it is as if I have lost my mind … you have made me feel so in love with you that it is as if I have lost my mind“ (2) the the woman had made the man’s **heart** beat faster. Alternate translation: “You have caused my heart to beat fast … you have caused my heart to beat fast” (3) that the woman had encouraged the man’s **heart**. Alternate translation: “You have encouraged my heart … you have encouraged my heart” or “You have given me heart … you have given me heart” +4:9 vdf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲחֹתִ֣⁠י 1 The man and woman are not actually brother and sister. The phrase **my sister** is a term of endearment which expresses affection between lovers. This phrase indicates that the man and woman have a close companionship and deep emotional bond. If calling a lover **my sister** would be offensive or socially inappropriate in your culture you could use a different term of endearment or indicate the meaning of **my sister** with a footnote. Alternately, you could indicate the meaning explicitly as modeled by the UST. +4:10 v1gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲחֹתִ֣⁠י 1 See how you translated the phrase **my sister** in [4:9](../04/09.md). +4:10 qy7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation מַה־…מַה־ 1 Here, the word **How** is used as an exclamation to introduce two statements about how wonderful the woman’s **love** is. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. +4:10 ibb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מַה־יָּפ֥וּ דֹדַ֖יִ⁠ךְ…מַה־טֹּ֤בוּ דֹדַ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙ מִ⁠יַּ֔יִן 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST or in some other way that is natural in your language. +4:10 d1m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שְׁמָנַ֖יִ⁠ךְ 1 Here, **oils** refers to perfumes. In the authors culture pleasant smelling spices were mixed into olive oil in order to make a pleasant smelling perfume which was then put on the skin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your scented oils” or “the perfumed oils on your skin” +4:10 ts8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis שְׁמָנַ֖יִ⁠ךְ 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the words “is better” from the context as modeled by the UST. 4:10 wzb4 fragrance … perfume 0 See how you translated these words in [Song of Songs 1:3](../01/01.md). 4:10 r5ni spice 0 dried plants or seeds that have a good smell or taste 4:11 fw88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Your lips … drip honey 0 Possible meanings are that honey is a metaphor for (1) the sweet taste of the woman’s kisses or (2) the woman’s words. @@ -292,8 +289,8 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 4:13 i3mi a grove 0 a place where many trees grow together 4:13 eji6 with choice fruits 0 Alternate translation: “with the best kinds of fruits” 4:13 q938 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown נְרָדִֽים 1 See how you translated the word **nard** in [1:12](../01/12.md). -4:14 e6n8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown נֵ֣רְדְּ 1 See how you translated the word **nard** in [1:12](../01/12.md). 4:13 dju5 henna 0 small desert trees that people used as a perfume. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md). +4:14 e6n8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown נֵ֣רְדְּ 1 See how you translated the word **nard** in [1:12](../01/12.md). 4:14 dxj9 saffron 0 a spice that comes from the dried parts from the yellow thread in the center of a certain flower 4:14 ujr7 calamus 0 a reed with a pleasant smell that people used to make anointing oil. 4:14 w1cm cinnamon 0 a spice made from the bark of a tree that people used for cooking @@ -449,6 +446,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 7:2 cz8d encircled with lilies 0 Alternate translation: “with lilies all around it” 7:2 ue5r lilies 0 sweet-smelling flowers that grow in places where there is much water. Translate as the plural of “lily” in [Song of Songs 2:1](../02/01.md). 7:3 jw6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile two breasts 0 See how you translated this in [4:5](../04/05.md). +7:3 wr8t gazelle 0 7:4 uv17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Your neck is like a tower of ivory 0 A tower is long and straight. Ivory is white. The woman’s neck is long and straight, and her skin is light in color. 7:4 b1sy a tower of ivory 0 Alternate translation: “a tower that people have decorated with ivory” 7:4 xgt7 ivory 0 the white tusk or tooth of an animal that is similar to bone. People use ivory to make art and to make things look beautiful. @@ -551,9 +549,3 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 8:14 yhn7 gazelle 0 a type of slender deer-like animal with long curved horns 8:14 gp9l stag 0 an adult male deer 8:14 mqx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the mountains of spices 0 “the mountains that have spices all over them.” The woman uses this metaphor to invite the man to make love to her. See how the man uses the metaphor of a mountain of myrrh and a hill of frankincense in [Song of Songs 4:6](../04/06.md). -7:3 wr8t gazelle 0 -2:6 fq8w 0 Alternate translation: “holds me” -2:8 j2nl 0 This could mean: (1) “Listen carefully to what I am about to say.” You could use a word in your language that tells the hearer to listen carefully, or (2) “Listen so you can hear him coming.” -3:5 t61g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe 0 “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. -3:6 e1ly 0 # General Information:\n\nThe third part of the book begins here. It begins with a description of sixty men carrying Solomon’s bed up from the wilderness to Jerusalem. -3:11 sj76 gaze on King Solomon “look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling. From 5eaa23facbf40253a72ddcf62cd7672a6c05b701 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 21 Jul 2023 17:28:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 4/5] Merge avaldizan-tc-create-1 into master by avaldizan (#3386) --- tn_PRO.tsv | 220 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------ 1 file changed, 146 insertions(+), 74 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_PRO.tsv b/tn_PRO.tsv index 385a0e70e3..aff7310d62 100644 --- a/tn_PRO.tsv +++ b/tn_PRO.tsv @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 7:27 cs4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit דַּרְכֵ֣י שְׁא֣וֹל 1 Although **ways** here is plural, it refers to the singular **house** at the beginning of this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the singular form here. Alternate translation: “is the way of Sheol” 7:27 g21s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דַּרְכֵ֣י שְׁא֣וֹל 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **ways** that result in someone going to **Sheol**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is the way that lead to Sheol” or “is the way that cause one to go to Sheol” 7:27 ayvy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַּרְכֵ֣י 1 See how you translated **ways** in [3:6](../03/06.md). -7:27 ry42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֹ֝רְד֗וֹת אֶל־חַדְרֵי־מָֽוֶת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a man doing something that would result in his death as if he were going on a path that is **descending to the chambers of death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “results in a man dying” or “causes a man to die”\n +7:27 ry42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֹ֝רְד֗וֹת אֶל־חַדְרֵי־מָֽוֶת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a man doing something that would result in his death as if he were going on a path that is **descending to the rooms of death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “results in a man dying” or “causes a man to die”\n 7:27 fvmk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חַדְרֵי־מָֽוֶת 1 This phrase refers to the place where people’s spirits go when they die, which was called **Sheol** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the place where the spirits of dead people dwell” or “the place of the dead”\n 8:intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n * Avoid temptation to commit adultery (5:1–23)\n * Practical warnings (6:1–19)\n * Adultery will be punished (6:20–35)\n * The Story of an Adulterer (7:1–27)\n * Wisdom benefits the wise (8:1–36)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wisdom calls out\n\nIn this chapter, wisdom is referred to as if it were a woman who calls out for all to learn from her and was with God when he created the universe. In languages where it is possible for something like wisdom to be spoken of as if it were a person who speaks, the translator should translate in this way. However, if direct translation is not possible in your language, you may translate the personification as similes instead. In that case wisdom would be presented as being like a wise woman. When wisdom speaks in [8:4–36](../08/04.md), the notes will use the proper noun “Wisdom” to indicate that the personification of wisdom is speaking. See how you translated similar references to wisdom in [1:20–33](../01/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n 8:1 v9h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹֽא־חָכְמָ֥ה תִקְרָ֑א וּ֝⁠תְבוּנָ֗ה תִּתֵּ֥ן קוֹלָֽ⁠הּ 1 Solomon is using the question form to emphasize that **wisdom** is available to everyone. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Surely wisdom calls out and understanding gives her voice!”\n @@ -2413,79 +2413,151 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 19:29 d4f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns נָכ֣וֹנוּ לַ⁠לֵּצִ֣ים שְׁפָטִ֑ים 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **Judgments**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is prepared to judge mockers” 19:29 ray2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ֝⁠מַהֲלֻמ֗וֹת 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and blows are prepared” 19:29 r21d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְ⁠גֵ֣ו 1 The word **back** represents the backs of **stupid ones** in general, not one particular **back**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “for the backs of” -20:intro e8g2 0 # Proverbs 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 20 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs. -20:1 p893 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Wine is a mocker and strong drink is a brawler 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize the danger of too much alcohol. -20:1 qa7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy strong drink is a brawler 0 Here “strong drink” refers to a person who is drunk with strong drink. Alternate translation: “a person who is drunk with strong drink starts fights” -20:1 c6m7 a brawler 0 a person who fights noisily, usually in a public place -20:1 ne6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive whoever is led astray by drink is not wise 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever drinks until they can no longer think clearly” -20:1 g7rv by drink 0 Here “drink” refers to alcoholic drinks -20:1 k4sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes is not wise 0 This means the opposite of “wise” which is “foolish.” Alternate translation: “is foolish” -20:2 p628 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The fear of a king is like the fear of a young lion that is roaring 0 This compares how people fear a king’s wrath to how they fear a young roaring lion. Alternate translation: “The king’s wrath makes people as afraid as if they were facing a young lion roaring at them” -20:2 xa6x makes him angry 0 Alternate translation: “makes the king angry” -20:2 rl5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism forfeits his life 0 This refers to being killed. “Life” here refers to physical life. Alternate translation: “will die” -20:3 ru7h It is an honor 0 “It is honorable.” This means that a person will be honored. -20:3 gf5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor every fool jumps into an argument 0 This speaks of entering an argument quickly as if the argument were something the fool physically jumped into. Alternate translation: “every fool quickly gets into an argument” or “every fool is quick to join an argument” -20:4 cva3 plow 0 to prepare land for planting -20:4 tdr6 in autumn 0 Alternate translation: “during the season for planting crops” -20:4 z5wi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit but will have nothing 0 This means that there will be nothing growing in his field for him to harvest. Alternate translation: “but will have nothing to harvest” -20:5 f8de rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The purpose in a human heart is like deep water 0 This speaks of how difficult it is to understand the reasons for a person’s actions by comparing it to the difficulty of reaching the water in a deep well. Alternate translation: “It is as difficult to understand the purpose in the human heart as it is to reach the water in a deep well” or “The purpose of in the human heart is very difficult to understand” -20:5 qr3j someone with understanding 0 Alternate translation: “a person who has understanding” -20:5 fk7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor will draw it out 0 This speaks of figuring out the purpose of the human heart as if it was water being drawn from a deep well. Alternate translation: “will cause the purpose to be known” or “will figure it out” -20:6 lmq9 is loyal 0 Alternate translation: “is faithful” or “is trustworthy” -20:6 xut9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion but who can find one who is faithful? 0 The implicit answer is “few can find someone like that.” This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “but few men can find a person who is faithful!” or “but it is hard to find a person who really is faithful!” -20:7 s7th rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom walks in his integrity 0 Here walking refers to living. See how you translated this phrase in [Proverbs 19:1](../19/01.md). Alternate translation: “lives by his integrity” or “lives an honest life” -20:7 y2ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit his sons who follow after him 0 This simply means that they “follow after him” since they are younger than he and his children. If this phrase is awkward in your language it may be left to be implied. Alternate translation: “his sons after him” or “his sons” -20:8 j9up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor is winnowing with his eyes all the evil that is before him 0 This speaks of the king judging between various types of evil as if he were separating them as a person winnows grain. Alternate translation: “sees and sorts the different kinds of evils that are brought before him” -20:9 p5m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Who can say, “I have kept my heart pure; I am clean from my sin”? 0 The implicit answer to this question is, “No one can say that.” This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can say that his heart is clean and that he is free from sin” -20:9 s43m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy my heart 0 Here a person’s “heart” refers to his thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “my thoughts” -20:9 d5hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor clean 0 A person who God considers spiritually acceptable is spoken of as if the person where physically clean. -20:9 xb5x I am clean from my sin 0 Alternate translation: “I am without sin” or “I have not sinned” -20:11 yym3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Even a youth is known by his actions 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People know a young man by his actions” -20:11 m4db whether his conduct is pure and upright 0 Alternate translation: “whether his conduct is pure and upright or not” -20:11 xm83 his conduct 0 Alternate translation: “his deeds” or “what he does” -20:11 we5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet pure and upright 0 These two words basically mean the same thing and emphasize how good this young person is. They can be combined into one word if necessary. Alternate translation: “pure” -20:13 h9et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom come to poverty 0 The phrase “come to” here means to transition into a new situation; to become. Alternate translation: “become poor” -20:13 ee3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy open your eyes 0 Here “opening one’s eyes” is spoken of as “being awake.” Alternate translation: “stay awake” or “be alert” -20:14 zh4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit “Bad! Bad!” says the buyer, but when he goes away he boasts 0 Here a buyer is criticizing what someone is selling to get a low price from him. After he buys he boasts about the good price that he pursuaded the seller to give him. The full meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “‘Bad! Bad!’ says the buyer criticizing the seller’s wares, but after he buys he goes away he boasting about the low price that he paid” -20:15 cv2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor lips of knowledge are a precious jewel 0 This speaks of the value of lips of knowledge by comparing them to a precious jewel. Alternate translation: “lips of knowledge are as valuable as an expensive jewel” -20:15 tt4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy lips of knowledge 0 Here “words” are referred to as “lips.” Alternate translation: “wise words” or “words of knowledge” -20:16 sn35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Take a garment of one who has put up security for a stranger 0 When lending money, the lender would take something from the borrower, such as a garment, as a guarantee of repayment. He would return it after the money was repaid. If the borrower was too poor, someone else could give something to the lender as a guarantee for him. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Take a garment as security from the one who guarantees that what a stranger has borrowed will be paid back” -20:16 cv1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom puts up security 0 This is an idiom. It means that someone gives something to a lender as a guarantee that what was borrowed will be paid. Alternate translation: “guarantees that what has been borrowed will be paid back” or “promises to pay a loan” -20:16 e647 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom hold it in pledge 0 This is an idiom. To “hold something in pledge” means to hold on to something that someone has given as a pledge, or promise, that he will pay a debt. Alternate translation: “hold onto his coat as a guarantee of repayment” -20:17 zi4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Bread gained by deceit 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Bread that someone gained by deceit” -20:17 gjt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns by deceit 0 The word “deceit” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “by deceiving others” -20:17 lnt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Bread 0 Here “bread” refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “Food” -20:17 fz1i tastes sweet 0 Alternate translation: “tastes good” -20:17 tu5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor but afterward his mouth will be full of gravel 0 This speaks of the food tasting unpleasant as if his mouth were actually full of gravel instead of food. Alternate translation: “but afterwards it tastes like gravel in his mouth” or “but soon it tastes like sand in his mouth” -20:17 du9w gravel 0 small pieces of rock -20:18 mjl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Plans are established by advice 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People establish plans based on advice” -20:19 i4ch A gossip 0 This means someone who gossips a lot. -20:19 i2mb you should not associate with 0 Alternate translation: “you should not be friends with” -20:20 v9ff If a person curses 0 This means if a someone express a desire that bad things will happen to someone else. -20:20 el23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor his lamp will be snuffed out in the middle of darkness 0 This speaks of a person dying suddenly and unexpectedly as if his life were a lamp snuffed out in the dark. Alternate translation: “his life will end as suddenly as the light of a lamp that is snuffed out in the dark” or “he will die suddenly” -20:20 e6a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive his lamp will be snuffed out 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his lamp will go out” -20:20 un31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche his lamp 0 This refers to a lamp with a burning flame. Here the lamp’s flame is referred to as the lamp itself. Alternate translation: “the flame of his lamp” -20:20 a13a snuffed out 0 to cause a flame to go out -20:21 mk5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit at the beginning 0 This refers to a person receiving his inheritance before he is supposed to receive it. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “before the right time” -20:22 pj94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I will pay you back 0 This means to do wrong to someone because they have done wrong to you. Alternate translation: “I will punish you” -20:22 ti5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Wait for Yahweh 0 This means to have faith that Yahweh will deal with the situation. Alternate translation: “Have faith in Yahweh” or “Hope in Yahweh” -20:23 x2rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Yahweh hates unequal weights and dishonest scales are not good 0 These two phrases basically mean the same thing and are combined to emphasize how bad this is. -20:24 re6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive A person’s steps are directed by Yahweh 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh directs a person’s steps” -20:24 i9ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche A person’s steps 0 This refers to the various things a person does. Alternate translation: “A person’s actions” -20:24 mfy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion how then can he understand his way? 0 The implicit answer is that he cannot understand it. This rhetorical question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “therefore, a person cannot understand his way” -20:24 s44t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom understand his way 0 This is an idiom. The phrase “his way” refers to the person’s life. Alternate translation: “understand why some things happen in his life” -20:25 qfw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor It is a snare 0 This speaks of something being dangerous as if it were a trap or a snare. Alternate translation: “It is dangerous” -20:25 x37x to say rashly 0 to say something quickly and without careful consideration of what it might mean -20:25 tt8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit making his vow 0 The person has made a vow declaring that something is holy and dedicated to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “dedicating it to Yahweh” or “declaring it holy” -20:26 cgd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor winnows the wicked 0 This speaks of the king separating the wicked people as if they were grain that he was winnowing. Alternate translation: “separates the wicked” -20:26 m44h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the wicked 0 This refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked” or “the wicked people” -20:26 rs2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he turns a threshing wheel over them 0 This speaks of the king punishing the wicked as if he were driving a threshing wheel over them. Alternate translation: “he severely punishes them” -20:26 sy6b threshing wheel 0 “threshing cart.” This is a tool used to crush grain and help separate it from the chaff. -20:27 x5vx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The spirit of a person is the lamp of Yahweh, searching all his inmost parts 0 This speaks of a person’s spirit as if it were a lamp. A person’s spirit helps him to understand his inner self. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has given us a spirit to understand our deepest selves, just as a lamp makes you see in the dark” -20:28 f9he rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness preserve the king 0 The abstract nouns “faithfulness” and “trustworthiness” can be stated as “faithful” and “trustworthy.” This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The king preserves himself by being trustworthy and faithful to the covenant” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -20:28 dyd6 preserve the king 0 keep the king safe from harm -20:28 dym8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy his throne is made secure by love 0 Here “throne” represents the king’s power to rule. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Also, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a king ensures that he will rule for a long time by loving others” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -20:30 g7u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Blows that make a wound cleanse away evil and beatings make the innermost parts clean 0 Both statements mean the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. Using physical punishment to correct a person is spoken of as if the evil were dirt and the beatings cleansed him. Alternate translation: “Beating a person who has done wrong will correct him and cause him to be a better person” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +20:intro e8g2 0 # Proverbs 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 20 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 20 also contains contrasting parallelism ([20:3](../20/03.md), [6](../20/06.md), [14](../20/14.md), [15](../20/15.md), [17](../20/17.md), [29](../20/29.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([20:23](../20/23.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +20:1 p893 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֵ֣ץ הַ֭⁠יַּין 1 Here, Solomon speaks of people who drink too much **wine** as if they were **wine** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Someone who drinks too much wine is a mocker” +20:1 qa7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הֹמֶ֣ה שֵׁכָ֑ר 1 Here, Solomon speaks of people who drink too much **intoxicating drink** as if they were **intoxicating drink** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who drinks too much intoxicating drink is a brawler” +20:1 c6m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שֹׁ֥גֶה 1 Here, **staggers** refers to someone who **staggers** because they are intoxicated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who staggers drunkenly” +20:1 r2c5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בּ֝֗⁠וֹ 1 Here, **it** refers to both **wine** and **intoxicating drink** that were mentioned in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by drinking too much alcohol” +20:1 k4sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹ֣א יֶחְכָּֽם 1 Solomon is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “is quite foolish” +20:2 xa6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֵ֣ימַת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **terror** in [10:24](../10/24.md). +20:2 kygp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun כַּ֭⁠כְּפִיר & מֶ֑לֶךְ מִ֝תְעַבְּר֗⁠וֹ חוֹטֵ֥א נַפְשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **a king**, **the young lion**, **one who infuriates**, **him**, and **his** refer to types of people and young lions in general, not to specific people or a a specific **young lion**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any king … like any young lion … any person who infuriates that king forfeits that person’s own life”\n +20:2 p628 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile נַ֣הַם כַּ֭⁠כְּפִיר 1 See how you translated the same expression in [19:12](../19/12.md). +20:2 rl5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism חוֹטֵ֥א נַפְשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 Here, Solomon refers to causing one’s own death in a polite way by using the phrase **wrongs his life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause his end” or “will cause himself to be killed” +20:3 ru7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כָּב֣וֹד & שֶׁ֣בֶת מֵ⁠רִ֑יב 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **Honor**, **cessation** and **strife**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Being honorable … is ceasing to strive” +20:3 jxne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לָ֭⁠אִישׁ 1 The word **man** represents people in general, not one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “for a person” +20:3 gf5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִתְגַּלָּֽע 1 Here, Solomon refers to a **fool** eagerly starting an argument as if the argument were something that suddenly **breaks out**. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every fool eagerly gets into an argument” +20:4 hvid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עָצֵ֣ל & וְשָׁאַ֖ל 1 **A lazy one** and **he** here refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any lazy person … and that person begs” +20:4 cva3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֵ֭⁠חֹרֶף 1 The phrase **from winter** refers to the time when the people in Solomon’s area would prepare their fields to grow crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “during the proper time to plow” +20:4 qkwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְשָׁאַ֖ל 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of what happened in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “and it causes him to bed”\n +20:4 tnx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְשָׁאַ֖ל 1 Here, Solomon refers to a **lazy one** looking carefully for crops in his field as if he were begging the field to provide crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he searches his fields carefully for crops” +20:4 yywc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּ⁠קָּצִ֣יר 1 Here, **the harvest** refers to the time when farmers **harvest** their crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “during the time when farmers harvest crops” +20:4 z5wi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָ⁠אָֽיִן 1 Here, Solomon implies that **there is nothing** for the **lazy one** to harvest **in the harvest**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but has nothing to harvest” +20:5 wyy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֵצָ֣ה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **Counsel** in [1:25](../01/25.md). +20:5 mtun rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠לֶב 1 See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md). +20:5 a2aw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אִ֑ישׁ וְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person … and a person of”\n +20:5 f8de rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַ֣יִם עֲ֭מֻקִּים & יִדְלֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 Here, Solomon speaks of how difficult it is to discern a persons **Counsel** as if it were **water** that one must **draw** **out** from a **deep** well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “is difficult to understand … is able to understand it” or “is difficult like deep waters … is able to draw it out” +20:5 qr3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ תְּבוּנָ֣ה 1 See how you translated **a man of understanding** in [10:23](../10/23.md). +20:6 lmq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אָדָ֗ם & אִ֣ישׁ חַסְדּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִ֥ישׁ 1 Although **man** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person … each person, that person’s covenant faithfulness, but a person of” +20:6 v682 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חַסְדּ֑⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **covenant faithfulness** in [3:3](../03/03.md). +20:6 xut9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠אִ֥ישׁ אֱ֝מוּנִ֗ים מִ֣י יִמְצָֽא 1 Solomon is using the question form to emphasize how few people act faithfully. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “but it is very difficult to find a man of faithful acts!” +20:6 e2or rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠אִ֥ישׁ אֱ֝מוּנִ֗ים 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by doing **faithful acts**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but a man who does faithful acts” +20:7 te6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בְּ⁠תֻמּ֣⁠וֹ צַדִּ֑יק & בָנָ֣י⁠ו אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 **A righteous one**, **his**, **sons**, and **him** refer to people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. See how you translated a **righteous one** in [9:9](../09/09.md). Alternate translation: “Any righteous person … in that person’s integrity … are that person’s children after that person” +20:7 s7th rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִתְהַלֵּ֣ךְ בְּ⁠תֻמּ֣⁠וֹ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person behaving with **integrity** as if **integrity** were a place that person **walks about in**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [19:1](../19/01.md). Alternate translation: “who behaves with integrity”\n +20:7 a0hc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠תֻמּ֣⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **integrity** in [1:3](../01/03.md). +20:7 y2ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 Here, **after him** means that **his sons** were born **after** he was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his sons who exist after him” +20:8 vbz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֶ֗לֶךְ 1 This verse describes the traits of an ideal, righteous **king**, not any **king** in general. See how you translated the same use of **king** in [16:10](../16/10.md).\n +20:8 mow8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מֶ֗לֶךְ & כִּסֵּא־דִ֑ין מְזָרֶ֖ה בְ⁠עֵינָ֣י⁠ו 1 **A king**, **the throne**, **one who winnows**, and **his** refers to righteous kings and their thrones, not a specific **king** or **throne**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any good king … his throne of judgment is a king who winnows with his eyes” +20:8 vvj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כִּסֵּא־דִ֑ין 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) a **throne** that a **king sits on** for the purpose of **judgment**. Alternate translation: “the throne for judgment” (2) a **throne** that is characterized by “justice,” which is another possible translation for the word **judgment**. Alternate translation: “the just throne” +20:8 siw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns דִ֑ין & רָֽע 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **judgment** in [16:10](../16/10.md) and **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md). +20:8 j9up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְזָרֶ֖ה 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a **king** removing **evil** from his kingdom as if that **evil** were chaff that a farmer **winnows** out of the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “is one who removes” or “is one who removes like someone winnowing grain” +20:8 jkjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְ⁠עֵינָ֣י⁠ו 1 Here, **eyes** refers to seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to his perception” or “according to what he perceives”\n +20:9 p5m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִֽי־יֹ֭אמַר זִכִּ֣יתִי לִבִּ֑⁠י טָ֝הַ֗רְתִּי מֵ⁠חַטָּאתִֽ⁠י 1 Solomon is using the question form to emphasize that no one is sinless. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly no one can say, ‘I have made my heart pure, I am clean from my sin!’” +20:9 znss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations מִֽי־יֹ֭אמַר זִכִּ֣יתִי לִבִּ֑⁠י טָ֝הַ֗רְתִּי מֵ⁠חַטָּאתִֽ⁠י 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Who can say that he has made his heart pure, that he is clean from his sin” +20:9 lv4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זִכִּ֣יתִי לִבִּ֑⁠י 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person who no longer thinks sinfully as if that person **made** his **heart pure**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My heart is now innocent” +20:9 s43m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבִּ֑⁠י 1 See how you translated the same use of heart in [2:2](../02/02.md). +20:9 d5hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor טָ֝הַ֗רְתִּי מֵ⁠חַטָּאתִֽ⁠י 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person who no longer sins as if that person were **clean from** his **sin**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I no longer sin” +20:9 xb5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מֵ⁠חַטָּאתִֽ⁠י 1 See how you translated abstract noun **sin** in [5:22](../05/22.md). +20:10 qsys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶ֣בֶן וָ֭⁠אֶבֶן אֵיפָ֣ה וְ⁠אֵיפָ֑ה 1 **Stone and stone** refer to two different stones used for weighing goods (see this use of **stone** in [11:1](../11/01.md)), and **ephah and ephah** refer to two different measurements used for measuring amounts of grain. Solomon is referring to different weights and measurements that a merchant pretends are the same in order to deceive a customer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Unequal weights and unequal measurements” +20:10 j6j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶ֣בֶן וָ֭⁠אֶבֶן אֵיפָ֣ה וְ⁠אֵיפָ֑ה 1 Solomon implies that these unequal weights and measurements are used to benefit the dishonest person who uses them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Unequal weights and unequal measurements that people use dishonestly” +20:10 d19h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume אֵיפָ֣ה וְ⁠אֵיפָ֑ה 1 An **ephah** is a measurement of volume equivalent to 22 liters of dry solids (such as grain). However, Solomon is using the word here to refer to volume measurement in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general expression in your translation for volume measurement. Alternatively, Alternate translation: “measurement and measurement” +20:10 fk9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת יְ֝הוָ֗ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:32](../03/32.md). +20:10 zuu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 This phrase refers to the unequal weights and measurements called **Stone and stone** and **ephah and ephah** earlier in the verse. However, Solomon does not mean that **Yahweh** actually hates these weights and measurements. Rather, he means that **Yahweh** hates people using these things dishonestly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dishonest use of these things” +20:11 kul3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בְּ֭⁠מַעֲלָלָי⁠ו יִתְנַכֶּר־נָ֑עַר & פָּעֳלֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **a young man**, **himself** and **his** refer to a young person in general, not a specific **young man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “youths will make themselves known by their deeds … are their behavior” +20:11 yym3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִתְנַכֶּר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will make other people know him” +20:12 we5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֹ֣זֶן שֹׁ֭מַעַת וְ⁠עַ֣יִן רֹאָ֑ה & שְׁנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Here, **ear** and **eye** represent these body parts in general, not one particular **ear** and **eye**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Hearing ears and seeing eyes … all of them” +20:13 h9et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַל־תֶּֽאֱהַ֣ב שֵׁ֭נָה 1 The phrase**love sleep** means to **sleep** a lot because one loves to **sleep**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not sleep a lot” +20:13 ell4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast פְּקַ֖ח עֵינֶ֣י⁠ךָ שְֽׂבַֽע־לָֽחֶם 1 The idea of this clause is in contrast with the idea of the previous clause. In your translation, indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “instead, open your eyes, be satisfied with bread” +20:13 ee3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פְּקַ֖ח עֵינֶ֣י⁠ךָ 1 Here, Solomon says **open your eyes** to refer to staying awake. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “remain awake” +20:13 ls12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פְּקַ֖ח עֵינֶ֣י⁠ךָ 1 Here, Solomon implies that the person who opens his **eyes** does so in order to work. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “open your eyes to do your work” +20:13 rfqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result שְֽׂבַֽע־לָֽחֶם 1 This phrase states the result of obeying the command to **open your eyes** in the previous phrase. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “so that you will be satisfied with bread” +20:13 qwdy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לָֽחֶם 1 Here, **bread** is used to refer to food in general. See how you translated the same use of **bread** in [9:5](../09/05.md). +20:14 zh4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רַ֣ע רַ֭ע יֹאמַ֣ר הַ⁠קּוֹנֶ֑ה 1 Here, a **buyer** is criticizing something that he wants to buy in order to get the seller to decrease its price. **Bad** refers to bad quality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “‘Bad quality! Bad quality!’ says the buyer criticizing the seller’s goods” +20:14 b5yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet רַ֣ע רַ֭ע יֹאמַ֣ר הַ⁠קּוֹנֶ֑ה 1 Solomon is repeating the same word twice for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “‘It is really bad quality!’ says the buyer” +20:14 e4gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations רַ֣ע רַ֭ע יֹאמַ֣ר הַ⁠קּוֹנֶ֑ה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The buyer says that it is very bad” +20:14 ii45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַ⁠קּוֹנֶ֑ה וְ⁠אֹזֵ֥ל ל֝֗⁠וֹ אָ֣ז יִתְהַלָּֽל 1 Here, **the buyer**, **he**, **his**, and **himself** represent buyers in general, not one particular **buyer**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any buyer, but when that buyer departs on his way, then that buyer praises himself” +20:14 kn96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֹזֵ֥ל ל֝֗⁠וֹ אָ֣ז יִתְהַלָּֽל 1 Here, Solomon implies that **the buyer** bought the item and boasts to his friends about the good price he paid for it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but when he departs on his way after buying that thing, he boasts about the bargain he got” +20:15 vhn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown פְּנִינִ֑ים 1 See how you translated **corals** in [3:15](../03/15.md). +20:15 cv2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠כְלִ֥י יְ֝קָ֗ר שִׂפְתֵי־דָֽעַת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the value of **lips of knowledge** as if they were **a vessel of preciousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but lips of knowledge are as valuable as a vessel of preciousness” +20:15 tt4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שִׂפְתֵי־דָֽעַת 1 See how you translated this phrase in [14:7](../14/07.md). +20:15 cw2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠כְלִ֥י יְ֝קָ֗ר 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **vessel** that is characterized by **preciousness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but … are a precious vessel” +20:15 t9yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠כְלִ֥י יְ֝קָ֗ר 1 Solomon contrasts **abundance** in the previous clause with **preciousness** in this clause in order to imply that **lips of knowledge** are rarer and more valuable than **gold** and **corals**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but … are a vessel that is even more precious than those” +20:16 lhgm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לְֽקַח־בִּ֭גְד⁠וֹ כִּי־עָ֣רַב זָ֑ר וּ⁠בְעַ֖ד נָכְרִיָּ֣ה חַבְלֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Take his garment when he has pledged for a stranger, yes, on behalf of a foreign woman hold it in pledge” +20:16 yhul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בִּ֭גְד⁠וֹ כִּי־עָ֣רַב זָ֑ר וּ⁠בְעַ֖ד נָכְרִיָּ֣ה 1 Here, **his**, **he**, **a stranger** and **a foreign woman** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person’s garment when that person has pledged for any stranger, and on behalf of any foreign woman” +20:16 qwzo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְֽקַח־בִּ֭גְד⁠וֹ כִּי־עָ֣רַב זָ֑ר 1 When someone borrowed money in Solomon’s culture, the lender would take something from the borrower, such as a **garment**, as a guarantee of repayment. The lender would return the **garment** after the money was repaid. If the borrower was too poor, someone else could give something to the lender as a pledge for the poor person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Take a garment as security from the one who guarantees that what a stranger has borrowed will be paid back” +20:16 sn35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָ֣רַב זָ֑ר 1 See how you translated the same use of “he pledges for a stranger” in [11:15](../11/15.md). +20:16 cv1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בְעַ֖ד נָכְרִיָּ֣ה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and when he has pledged on behalf of a foreign woman” +20:16 e647 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חַבְלֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 Here, **it** refers to **his garment** in the previous clause. Solomon is referring to the practicing of holding on to something that someone has given as a **pledge** to repay someone’s debt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “hold onto his garment as a guarantee of repayment” +20:17 ji7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָרֵ֣ב 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person being pleased by eating **bread of falsehood** as if the **bread** were **Sweet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Pleasant” or “Pleasant like something sweet” +20:17 deur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations לָ֭⁠אִישׁ & פִ֥י⁠הוּ 1 Although the terms **man** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to a person … that person’s mouth”\n +20:17 iz5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לֶ֣חֶם שָׁ֑קֶר 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **bread** that is obtained by **falsehood**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “bread obtained by falsehood” +20:17 lnt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֶ֣חֶם 1 See how you translated the same use of **bread** in [9:5](../09/05.md). +20:17 gjt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שָׁ֑קֶר 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **falsehood** in [6:17](../06/17.md). +20:17 zi4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִמָּֽלֵא־פִ֥י⁠הוּ חָצָֽץ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person experiencing bad results because of eating **bread of falsehood** as if **his mouth** were **filled with gravel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express them meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “he will experience unpleasantness” or “he will have bad results as if his mouth were filled with sand” +20:18 mjl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מַ֭חֲשָׁבוֹת בְּ⁠עֵצָ֣ה תִכּ֑וֹן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Counsel establishes plans” +20:18 amqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠עֵצָ֣ה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **counsel** in [1:25](../01/25.md). +20:18 b3nm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וּ֝⁠בְ⁠תַחְבֻּל֗וֹת 1 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the intended result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. You may need to start a new sentence Alternate translation: “Therefore, by guidance” +20:18 a1pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ֝⁠בְ⁠תַחְבֻּל֗וֹת עֲשֵׂ֣ה מִלְחָמָֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **guidance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and let others guide you when you make war” +20:19 i4ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun גּֽוֹלֶה־סּ֭וֹד הוֹלֵ֣ךְ רָכִ֑יל וּ⁠לְ⁠פֹתֶ֥ה שְׂ֝פָתָ֗י⁠ו 1 **One who goes about**, **a gossip**, **a secret**, and **one who opens his lips** refer to types of people and secrets in general, not a specific person or **secret**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who goes about as a gossip reveals secrets, and with any person who opens his lips” +20:19 eugx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj רָכִ֑יל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [11:13](../11/13.md). +20:19 md8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠לְ⁠פֹתֶ֥ה 1 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the intended result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. You may need to start a new sentence Alternate translation: “Therefore, with one who opens” +20:19 i2mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠לְ⁠פֹתֶ֥ה שְׂ֝פָתָ֗י⁠ו 1 See how you translated **one who opens his lips** in [13:3](../13/03.md). +20:20 v9ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מְ֭קַלֵּל אָבִ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֑⁠וֹ & נֵ֝ר֗⁠וֹ 1 **One who curses** and **his** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who curses that person’s father and mother, that person’s lamp” +20:20 tn97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִֽדְעַ֥ךְ נֵ֝ר֗⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will extinguish his lamp” +20:20 el23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִֽדְעַ֥ךְ נֵ֝ר֗⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the same use of **lamp** and **will be extinguished** in [13:9](../13/09.md). +20:20 a13a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ב⁠אישון חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 Here, Solomon refers to a very dark place as if it were **in the pupil**, which is the darkest spot on an eye. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the darkest darkness” or “in the deepest dark place” +20:21 o7z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns נַ֭חֲלָה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **inheritance** in [17:2](../17/02.md). +20:21 mk5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁנָ֑ה 1 The phrase **in the beginning**refers to a person receiving his **inheritance** before he is supposed to receive it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “before the right time” +20:21 tj0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֝⁠אַחֲרִיתָ֗⁠הּ 1 See how you translated the same use of **its end** in [14:12](../14/12.md). +20:21 megx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹ֣א תְבֹרָֽךְ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not bless” +20:22 xd5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אַל־תֹּאמַ֥ר אֲשַׁלְּמָה־רָ֑ע 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Do not say that you will repay evil”\n +20:22 pj94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲשַׁלְּמָה־רָ֑ע 1 Here, Solomon refers to doing wrong to someone who has done wrong to **you** as if **you** were paying them back for something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will avenge evil” or “I will harm people who have harmed me”\n +20:22 hvmy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָ֑ע 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md). +20:22 dcj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast קַוֵּ֥ה לַֽ֝⁠יהוָ֗ה וְ⁠יֹ֣שַֽׁע לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 The idea of this clause is in contrast with the idea of the previous clause. In your translation, indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Instead, wait for Yahweh and he will save you”\n +20:22 ti5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קַוֵּ֥ה לַֽ֝⁠יהוָ֗ה 1 This could mean: (1) **Wait for Yahweh** to resolve the situation. Alternate translation: “Wait for Yahweh to take care of the issue” (2) Trust Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Trust Yahweh” +20:22 lbw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠יֹ֣שַֽׁע לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of obeying the command stated in the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “and it will result in him saving you”\n +20:22 ys78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יֹ֣שַֽׁע לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Here, Solomon uses **he will save you** to mean that **Yahweh** will resolve the situation mentioned in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he will make it right” +20:23 x2rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה אֶ֣בֶן וָ⁠אָ֑בֶן וּ⁠מֹאזְנֵ֖י מִרְמָ֣ה לֹא־טֽוֹב 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Stone and stone are an abomination to Yahweh, yes, scales of deceit are not good”\n +20:23 kbrj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶ֣בֶן וָ⁠אָ֑בֶן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [20:10](../20/10.md). +20:23 stds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [20:10](../20/10.md). +20:23 d09b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠מֹאזְנֵ֖י מִרְמָ֣ה 1 See how you translated **scales of deceit** in [11:1](../11/01.md). +20:23 l8ok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹא־טֽוֹב 1 See how you translated the same use of **not good** in [16:29](../16/29.md). +20:24 re6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִצְעֲדֵי 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh directs a person’s steps” +20:24 i9ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִצְעֲדֵי & דַּרְכּֽ⁠וֹ 1 In this verse, **steps** and **way** refers to the things that people experience during their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of “path” in [4:18](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: “are what the life experiences of … his life experiences” +20:24 k0am rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun גָ֑בֶר וְ֝⁠אָדָ֗ם & דַּרְכּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **a strong man**, **a man**, and **his** refer to types of people in general, not to a specific **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any strong person, so … a person … that person’s way” +20:24 mfy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ֝⁠אָדָ֗ם מַה־יָּבִ֥ין דַּרְכּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Solomon is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “so surely a man cannot understand his way!” +20:24 mb57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ֝⁠אָדָ֗ם מַה־יָּבִ֥ין 1 Here, **so** introduces the result of what was stated in the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Therefore, how can a man understand” +20:25 f410 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מוֹקֵ֣שׁ אָ֭דָם יָ֣לַע 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “A snare of a man is when he says rashly” +20:25 qfw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מוֹקֵ֣שׁ 1 Here, Solomon refers to something a person says that can cause him trouble as if what he says were a **snare** that traps him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See how you translated the same use of **snare** in [18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “What is dangerous for”\n +20:25 fkfq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אָ֭דָם יָ֣לַע 1 Although **a man** and **he** are masculine, Solomon is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person: that person says rashly”\n +20:25 x37x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 Here, Solomon implies that this person has dedicated something to Yahweh by declaring it to be **holy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I declare this thing to be holy” +20:25 tt8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נְדָרִ֣ים 1 Here, **vows** refers to declaring that something is holy and dedicated to Yahweh, which this person does in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “dedicating it to Yahweh” or “declaring it holy” +20:25 y3cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠בַקֵּֽר 1 Here, Solomon implies that this person **considers** the rash vow he just made. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “considers what he just vowed” +20:26 p3uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מְזָרֶ֣ה & מֶ֣לֶךְ חָכָ֑ם וַ⁠יָּ֖שֶׁב 1 **A wise king**, **one who scatters**, and **he** refer to a type of kings in general, not a specific **king**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any wise king is one who scatters … and that king brings back”\n +20:26 cgd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְזָרֶ֣ה 1 See how you translated the same use of **winnows** in [20:8](../20/08.md). +20:26 rs2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֖שֶׁב עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֣ם אוֹפָֽן 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a **king** punishing **wicked ones** as if he were crushing them under a **wheel** used to crush grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and he severely punishes them” or “and he severely punishes them like one crushing grain under a wheel” +20:26 sy6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אוֹפָֽן 1 Here, **wheel** refers to a “threshing wheel.” This is a farming tool used to crush grain and help separate it from the straw and chaff. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of **wheel**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a grain-crushing tool” +20:27 csgz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun נֵ֣ר יְ֭הוָה נִשְׁמַ֣ת אָדָ֑ם חֹ֝פֵ֗שׂ כָּל־חַדְרֵי־בָֽטֶן 1 Here, **a man**, **the lamp**, and **the belly** refer to these things and people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “The breath of any person is a lamp of Yahweh, searching all the rooms of that person’s belly” +20:27 cin1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נִשְׁמַ֣ת 1 Here, **breath** refers to the inner spiritual part of a human being, which Yahweh gave to the first **man** by breathing it into him ([Genesis 2:7](../gen/02/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The spirit of” +20:27 ic6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession נֵ֣ר יְ֭הוָה 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **lamp** that is given by **Yahweh**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is the lamp from Yahweh” +20:27 x5vx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֵ֣ר יְ֭הוָה & חֹ֝פֵ֗שׂ 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person’s spirit helping that person understand himself as if it were a **lamp** that searches within that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “is what Yahweh has given him to discern” or “is like a lamp of Yahweh that searches” +20:27 d858 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חַדְרֵי־בָֽטֶן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [18:8](../18/08.md). +20:28 cbb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism חֶ֣סֶד וֶ֭⁠אֱמֶת יִצְּרוּ־מֶ֑לֶךְ וְ⁠סָעַ֖ד בַּ⁠חֶ֣סֶד כִּסְאֽ⁠וֹ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness guard a king, yes, his throne is sustained by covenant faithfulness”\n +20:28 j9nn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חֶ֣סֶד וֶ֭⁠אֱמֶת & בַּ⁠חֶ֣סֶד 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **Covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness** in [3:3](../03/03.md). +20:28 wys5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִצְּרוּ־מֶ֑לֶךְ 1 Here, Solomon refers to a **king** protecting himself by acting with **Covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness** as if those two things were people who **guard** him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “enables a king to be protected”\n +20:28 hss9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֶ֑לֶךְ 1 This verse describes the traits of an ideal, righteous **king**, not any **king** in general. See how you translated the same use of **king** in [16:10](../16/10.md).\n +20:28 qmoh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מֶ֑לֶךְ & כִּסְאֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **a king** and **his throne** refer to righteous kings and their thrones, not a specific **king** or **throne**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any good king … that king’s throne” +20:28 f9he rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠סָעַ֖ד בַּ⁠חֶ֣סֶד כִּסְאֽ⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and covenant faithfulness sustains his throne” +20:28 gamg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠סָעַ֖ד בַּ⁠חֶ֣סֶד כִּסְאֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **throne** refers to a king’s authority, which is represented by the **throne** that a king sits on. See how you translated the same use of **throne** in [16:12](../16/12.md). +20:28 c9ef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠סָעַ֖ד בַּ⁠חֶ֣סֶד כִּסְאֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, Solomon refers to a **king** maintaining his authority by acting with **covenant faithfulness** as if **covenant faithfulness** were a person who could sustain him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and acting with covenant faithfulness enables him to maintain his authority” +20:29 dym8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תִּפְאֶ֣רֶת & כֹּחָ֑⁠ם 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **splendor** in [4:9](../04/09.md) and **strength** in [5:10](../05/10.md). +20:29 aw3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠הֲדַ֖ר זְקֵנִ֣ים שֵׂיבָֽה 1 The idea of this clause is in contrast with the idea of the previous clause. In your translation, indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “However, the adornment of old ones is gray hair”\n +20:29 oy2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠הֲדַ֖ר 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adornment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and what adorns” +20:29 f828 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שֵׂיבָֽה 1 Here, **gray hair** refers to the wisdom or experience that people have who have lived long enough to have **gray hair**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is their wisdom” +20:30 g7u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession חַבֻּר֣וֹת פֶּ֭צַע 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe severe **Blows** that cause **a wound**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Blows that cause a wound” +20:30 w51j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תמריק בְּ⁠רָ֑ע 1 Here, Solomon refers to beatings that cause a person to stop doing something **evil** as if the beatings were cleaning away that **evil** thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “stop a person from doing evil” +20:30 v66q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠רָ֑ע 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md). +20:30 isry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ֝⁠מַכּ֗וֹת חַדְרֵי־בָֽטֶן 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and strikes of a wound cleanse the rooms of the belly” +20:30 lyhn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חַדְרֵי־בָֽטֶן 1 See how you translated this phrase in [18:8](../18/08.md). 21:intro ge8s 0 # Proverbs 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 21 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs. 21:1 w5md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The king’s heart is a stream of water in the hand of Yahweh 0 The writer speaks of the king’s heart as if it were an irrigation ditch in a dry area through which people direct water to plants that need it. Alternate translation: “Yahweh controls the king’s heart as a man directs water for irrigation” 21:1 t1m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy The king’s heart 0 The heart is a metaphor for what a person thinks and what he wants to do. Alternate translation: “The king’s thoughts and actions” or “What the king thinks and what he wants to do” From c45e6d9f345f71a22b32fad37736bc8b9fb00ce0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "jzavodney.uW" Date: Sat, 22 Jul 2023 23:35:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 5/5] Merge jzavodney.uW-tc-create-1 into master by jzavodney.uW (#3396) --- tn_NUM.tsv | 47 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------- 1 file changed, 34 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_NUM.tsv b/tn_NUM.tsv index 844445cf15..d4570a6b66 100644 --- a/tn_NUM.tsv +++ b/tn_NUM.tsv @@ -1,14 +1,13 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Numbers\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n * Regulations (5:1–6:27)\n * Dedicating the altar (7:1–89)\n * Setting up the lampstand (8:1–4)\n * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)\n * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)\n1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)\n * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)\n * The quails (11:16–35)\n * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)\n * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)\n * Commands (15:1–41)\n * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)\n1. The Priests and purifying (18:1–19:22)\n * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)\n * The law about purifying (19:1–22)\n1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)\n * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)\n * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)\n * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)\n1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)\n * Balaam (22:1–24:25)\n * Baal Peor (25:1–18)\n * The second counting (26:1–65)\n * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)\n * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)\n * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)\n * Midianite war (31:1–54)\n * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)\n * The people set up camp (33:1–56)\n * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)\n * Female heirs marry (36:1–13)\n\n### What is the Book of Numbers about?\n\nThe Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?\n\nThe people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?\n\nWhen an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead. -1:intro av14 0 Figu# Numbers 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Leviticus.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n\n### Census\n\nThey counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.\n\n## Repeated Phrases\n\nWhen the text uses **according to their clans, according to the house of their fathers**, the two phrases mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “according to their ancestry” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism) (See [1:2](../01/02/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\n**House of their fathers** could refer to: (1) the generic fathers and mothers from which each male descended. Alternate translation: "families" (2) specifically the 12 ancestral fathers of each Israelite tribe. Alternate translation: "their ancestral forefathers," (See [1:2](../01/02/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\nWhen the text uses a phrase like **the number of names**, **names** refers to people Moses would count ([1:2](../01/02/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md)) or had counted ([1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md)). Alternate translation: " the number of people" (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)\n\n**A son of 20 years** refers to a son who is at least 20 years old. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: "a man who is at least 20 years old" (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) (This phrase surfaces in [1:3](../01/03/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\nThe text uses larger numbers as being up or above smaller numbers. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from 20 years old and more” or “who is 20 years old or older” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) (This phrase surfaces in [1:3](../01/03/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\nThe text refers to a soldier by describing the action that characterizes a soldier, namely **one who goes out to war**. If your readers would not understand what this concept means in this context, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "one who can be a soldier" or "one who can fight in a war" (This phrase surfaces in [1:3](../01/03/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).) +1:intro av14 0 Figu# Numbers 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Leviticus.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n\n### Census\n\nThey counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.\n\n## General Notes\n\nWhen the text uses **according to their clans, according to the house of their fathers**, the two phrases mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “according to their ancestral groups” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism) (See [1:2](../01/02/.md), [1:18](../01/20/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\n**House of their fathers** could refer to: (1) the generic fathers and mothers from which each male descended. Alternate translation: "families" (2) specifically the 12 ancestral fathers of each Israelite tribe. Alternate translation: "their ancestral forefathers," (See [1:2](../01/02/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\nWhen the text uses a phrase like **the number of names**, **names** refers to people Moses would count ([1:2](../01/02/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md)) or had counted ([1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md)). Alternate translation: " the number of people" (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)\n\n**A son of 20 years and upward** refers to a son who is at least 20 years old. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: "a man who is at least 20 years old" or "a man who is 20 years or older" (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) (This phrase surfaces in [1:3](../01/03/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\nThe text refers to a soldier by describing the action that characterizes a soldier, namely **one who goes out to war**. If your readers would not understand what this concept means in this context, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "one who can be a soldier" or "one who can fight in a war" (This phrase surfaces in [1:3](../01/03/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).) 1:1 u2p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֜י 1 The **second month** of the Hebrew calendar includes the last half of April and the first half of May on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. Therefore, you may want to provide the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar and the number of the day, which in this case is Iyar 1. Then, in a footnote, say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar. 1:1 owqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֜י & הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “of month two in year two” 1:2 m9tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שְׂא֗וּ אֶת־רֹאשׁ֙ 1 Here, **lift up the heads** means to count the men by recording their names. Alternate translation: “Count them, recording each man’s name” 1:2 jnhs אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the expression **house of their fathers** could refer to: (1) the generic fathers and mothers from which each male descended. Alternate translation: "families" (2) specifically the 12 ancestral fathers of each Israelite tribe. Alternate translation: "their ancestral forefathers," 1:2 dl47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֔וֹת 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, when the text uses a phrase like **the number of names**, **names** refers to people Moses would count. Alternate translation: "the number of people" 1:2 po5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism לְ⁠גֻלְגְּלֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 Here, **according to their skulls** is referring to the whole male person by naming one part of his body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to their bodies,” -1:3 wtkl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the expression **a son of 20 years** refers to a son who is at least 20 years old. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: "a man who is at least 20 years old" -1:3 p8dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה 1 The text uses larger numbers as being up or above smaller numbers. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is 20 years old or older” +1:3 wtkl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, **a son of 20 years and upward** refers to a son who is at least 20 years old. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: "a man who is at least 20 years old" or "a man who is 20 years or older" 1:3 pqtq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יֹצֵ֥א צָבָ֖א 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the text refers to a soldier by describing the action that characterizes a soldier, namely **one who goes out to war**. Alternate translation: "one who can be a soldier" or "one who can fight in a war" 1:3 tg9n לְ⁠צִבְאֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 **According to their armies** refers to separating the men Moses and Aaron will count into military divisions that the Israelites will follow when they fight in battle. Alternate translation: "by their military divisions" 1:4 qnse rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אִתְּ⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Here, **with you** refers specifically to these men helping Aaron count and lead the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: "And to assist you" or "And to help you" @@ -47,19 +46,41 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 1:18 me3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 The **second month** of the Hebrew calendar includes the last half of April and the first half of May on Western calendars. For more details on translating it, see [Numbers 1:1](../01/01.md). 1:18 aj18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis בְּ⁠אֶחָד֙ 1 The object **1** is modifying is not specified, but “day” is the understood object. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “day one” 1:18 o6il rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “of month two” (See [Numbers 1:1](../01/01.md) for another example). -1:18 nt8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism עַל־מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 **In accordance with their clans** and **according to the house of their fathers** mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “according to their ancestry” +1:18 nt8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism עַל־מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). 1:18 l763 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֗וֹת 1 See how you translated the phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). -1:18 ku8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֛ה 1 See how you translated the phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md). -1:18 wfe4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֛ה וָ⁠מַ֖עְלָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated the phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md). +1:18 ku8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֛ה וָ⁠מַ֖עְלָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated the phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md). 1:18 avnc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism לְ⁠גֻלְגְּלֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated the phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). 1:20 n9s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־רְאוּבֵן֙ 1 **The sons of Reuben** means sons whose ancestor is Reuben. Alternate translation: “the sons whose ancestor is Reuben” -1:21 v8dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 46,500 men 0 Alternate translation: “forty-six thousand five hundred men” -1:22 yd37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive were counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” -1:23 g5ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 59,300 men 0 Alternate translation: “fifty-nine thousand three hundred men” -1:24 p8et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive were counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” -1:25 au8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 45,650 men 0 Alternate translation: “forty-five thousand six hundred and fifty men” -1:26 dm5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive were counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” -1:27 wa5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 74,600 men 0 Alternate translation: “seventy-four thousand six hundred men” +1:20 bsfs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 See how you translated the phrase in [1:2](../01/02/.md). +1:20 ygux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֤ר שֵׁמוֹת֙ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). +1:20 gcet rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism לְ⁠גֻלְגְּלֹתָ֔⁠ם\n 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). +1:20 imh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md). +1:20 w4pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md). +1:21 lpku rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 The text does not specify who counted those **counted ones**. Most likely, Moses ordered Aaron and the 12 tribal leaders to count the tribe of Reuben. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those Moses counted" or "Those Moses, Aaron, and the 12 tribal leaders counted" +1:21 v8dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: “forty-six thousand five hundred men” +1:22 yd37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:20](../01/20/.md). +1:22 pv2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). +1:22 f3bo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדָ֗י⁠ו 1 The text does not specify who counted these **counted ones**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:21](../10/21/.md). +1:22 hl2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֤ר שֵׁמוֹת֙ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). +1:22 w1pt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism לְ⁠גֻלְגְּלֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). +1:22 lgm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md). +1:22 rrtn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md). +1:23 g5ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md). +1:23 jkgb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: "59,300" +1:24 p8et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י גָ֔ד 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md). +1:24 thvt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). +1:24 rprg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֗וֹת 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). +1:24 llct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md). +1:24 boe6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md). +1:25 au8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md). +1:25 xw6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 Alternate translation: 45,650 +1:26 dm5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md). +1:26 jsxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). +1:26 bdn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). +1:26 tfan rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md). +1:26 u7lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md). +1:27 wa5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md). +1:27 vh5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 Alternate translation: "74,600" 1:28 mv7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive were counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” 1:29 nv2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 54,400 men 0 Alternate translation: “fifty-four thousand four hundred men” 1:30 d4ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive were counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families”